Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 632

Training Documentation

AC 300
Technical Training AC 300

Overview of the contents of the training folder for the AC 300

Section Description No. of pages Drawing no.


of text
1 - Data sheet
- Standard extension sequence 3 884 735 40
- Measurements and weights 2 113 194 12
- Description of instrument panel 1
2 - Description of telescoping 15
system with 3D illustrations 4
- Telecylinder T220/190x12000 1 877 483 40
- Locking and pinning unit 1 877 173 40
- Parts of the telescoping boom 3 884 745 40
- 3rd. inner boom section 1 884 750 40
complete
- Preassembly of telecylinder 1 884 755 40
- Extract from electrical circuit Pages 58- 64 130 420 12
diagram for example of locking
/unpinning T1
Extract from electrical circuit Pages 58- 64 130 420 12
diagram for example of pinning
/unlocking T1
- Cross section through the main 1 130 420 40 ( Page 5 )
boom ( diagram of function )
- Digital inputs for LPU 1
3 - Diagram of superstructure 3 889 245 40
hydraulics
- List of solenoid valves 3
- List of measuring points 1
- List of pressure relief valves 1
4 - modular PDC, control unit 49
- description of interfaces
- Table of logical operators 1
- I / O System overview 1
- Description of function keys 16
for PDC- 350 ( ECIS )

ac 300.inh.doc
Technical Training AC 300

Overview of the contents of the training folder for the AC 300

Section Description No. of pages Drawing no.


of text

ac 300.inh.doc
AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 1

Demag AC 300

Mobile cranes in perfection

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 2

■ Key
■ Contents
■ Specifications
■ Dimensions
■ Overview of standard duty charts
■ Main boom
■ Main boom extension
■ Fixed fly jib
■ Luffing fly jib
■ Technical description

Demag AC 300

Mobile cranes in perfection

MAIN MENU
AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 3

■ Légende
■ Contenu
■ Caractéristiques
■ Encombrement
■ Tableau synoptique des abaques standard
■ Flèche principale
■ Rallonge de flèche
■ Fléchette fixe
■ Flèchette à volée variable
■ Descriptif technique

Demag AC 300

Mobile cranes in perfection

MAIN MENU
AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 4

■ Zeichenerklärung
■ Inhalt
■ Technische Daten
■ Abmessungen
■ Übersicht Standard-Traglasttabellen
■ Hauptausleger
■ Hauptauslegerverlängerung
■ Starrer Hilfsausleger
■ Wippbarer Hilfsausleger
■ Technische Beschreibungen

Demag AC 300

Mobile cranes in perfection

MAIN MENU
AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 5

Zeichenerklärung
Key
Légende

Gegengewicht · counterweight · contrepoids

Tragfähigkeiten, abgestützt · Lifting capacities on outriggers · Capacités de levage sur stabilisateurs · 360°

„D“ D

SL: Superlift

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 6

Inhalt
Contents
Contenu
Seite / Page:

Technische Daten · Specifications · Caractéristiques


Technische Daten · Specifications · Caractéristiques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Abmessungen · Dimensions · Encombrement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Übersicht Standard-Traglasttabellen
Overview of standard duty charts · Tableau synoptique des abaques standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale


Arbeitsbereiche · Working ranges · Portées . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Tragfähigkeiten · Lifting capacities · Capacités de levage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Hauptauslegerverlängerung · Main boom extension · Rallonge de flèche


Arbeitsbereiche · Working ranges · Portées . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Tragfähigkeiten · Lifting capacities · Capacités de levage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Starrer Hilfsausleger · Fixed fly jib · Fléchette fixe


Arbeitsbereiche · Working ranges · Portées . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Tragfähigkeiten · Lifting capacities · Capacités de levage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Wippbarer Hilfsausleger · Luffing fly jib · Fléchette à volée variable


Tragfähigkeiten mit SL · Lifting capacities with SL · Capacités de levage avec SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Arbeitsbereiche mit SL, Hauptausleger 82° bis 60° · Working ranges with SL, main boom 82° to 60°
Portées avec SL, flèche 82° jusqu’à 60° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Arbeitsbereiche, Hauptausleger 82° · Working ranges, main boom 82° · Portées, flèche 82° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Tragfähigkeiten · Lifting capacities · Capacités de levage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Arbeitsbereiche, Hauptausleger 65° · Working ranges, main boom 65° · Portées, flèche 65° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Technische Beschreibung · Technical description · Descriptif technique


Unterwagen · Oberwagen · Zusatzausrüstung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Carrier · Superstructure · Optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Châssis · Partie supérieure · Equipements optionnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 7

Technische Daten
Specifications
Caractéristiques

Achslasten · Axle loads · Poids d’essieux


Kran in Transportstellung · Crane in travel position · Grue en position de marche
Achsen · Axles · Essieux 6 x 12 000 kg
Gesamtgewicht · Total weight · Poids total 72 000 kg

Arbeitsgeschwindigkeiten (stufenlos regelbar) · Working speeds (infinitely variable)


Vitesses de travail (réglables sans paliers)
Antriebe Normalgang Schnellgang Max. zulässiger Seilzug Seil ø / Seillänge
Mechanisms Normal speed High speed Max. permissible line pull Rope diameter / Rope length
Mécanismes Marche normale Marche rapide Effort max. admis sur brin Diamètre du câble / Longueur du câble
Hubwerk I 50 m/min 132 m/min 100 kN 23 mm / 350 m
Hoist I
Treuil de levage I

Hubwerk II 50 m/min 132 m/min 100 kN 23 mm / 470 m


Hoist II
Treuil de levage II

Drehwerk · Slewing max. 1,5 1/min · max. 1.5 1/min


Orientation max. 1,5 1/min

Ausleger-Teleskopieren · Telescoping speed · Vitesse de télescopage 15 – 59,0 m: 420 s

Ausleger-Winkelverstellung · Boom elevation · Relevage de flèche - 1,3° – + 82,5°: 85 s

Fahrleistungen · Carrier performance · Performance du porteur


Fahrgeschwindigkeit · Travel speed · Vitesse sur route 0 . . 70 km/h
Steigfähigkeit · Gradeability · Capacité sur rampes 65 %
Bodenfreiheit · Ground clearance · Dégagement au sol 425/495 mm

Unterflasche / Schwerlasteinrichtung · Hook block / Heavy-lift attachment


Crochet-moufle / Equipement levage lourd
Typ mögliche Traglast Anzahl der Rollen Gewicht „D“ max. Einscherung Schwerlasteinrichtung
Type Possible load Number of sheaves Weight max. reeving Heavy-lift attachment
Type Charge possible Nombre de poulies Poids mouflage maxi Equipement levage lourd
2 x 180 300 t 2x8 3800 kg 3,00 m 2 x 16 2 Zusatzrollen / add. sheaves / poulies suppl.**
250 218 t 11 2000 kg 3,00 m 23 4 Zusatzrollen / add. sheaves / poulies suppl.
200 184 t 19 1900 kg 3,00 m 19 2 Zusatzrollen / add. sheaves / poulies suppl.
160 148 t 17 1500 kg 3,00 m 15
125 111 t 15 1200 kg 3,00 m 11
180 172 t 13 1050 kg 3,00 m 17
140 131 t 11 1750 kg 2,70 m 13
112,5 110 t Hakengehänge/ 1500 kg 2,00 m 11
Single line hook/
Boulet

Bemerkungen · Remarks · Remarques:

** mit Einschertraverse, für Doppelunterflasche


** with bridle, for double hook block
** avec palonnier, pour crochet bi-moufle

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 8

Abmessungen
Dimensions
Encombrement

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 9

Übersicht Standard-Traglasttabellen
Overview of standard duty charts
Tableau synoptique des abaques standard

8,45 m x 8,50 m 8,45 m x 5,54 m

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 10

Arbeitsbereiche Hauptausleger
Working ranges main boom
Portées flèche principale

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 11

Tragfähigkeiten Hauptausleger mit/ohne Superlift


Lifting capacities main boom with/without Superlift
Capacités de levage flèche principale avec/sans Superlift
100 t 360° DIN/ISO
Ausladung Hauptausleger mit Superlift · Main boom with Superlift · Flèche principale avec Superlift Ausladung
Radius Radius
Portée m 34,5 39,6 44,5 49,4 54,3 59,0 Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
15 90,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5
16 90,0 70,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6
17 89,0 70,0 60,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7
18 86,5 70,0 60,0 50,0 -,0 -,0 8
19 83,0 68,0 59,0 50,0 40,0 30,0 9
10 77,0 64,5 57,5 49,5 40,0 30,0 10
12 64,0 60,0 53,5 47,5 39,5 29,8 12
14 53,0 54,0 49,5 45,0 38,0 29,5 14
16 45,5 47,5 45,0 42,5 36,5 29,1 16
18 40,0 42,5 41,0 39,5 35,0 28,5 18
20 36,0 38,0 36,5 36,0 33,0 27,5 20
22 33,0 34,0 33,0 31,5 30,5 26,5 22
24 29,3 30,5 30,0 28,5 28,7 25,0 24
26 25,6 27,3 27,6 26,0 26,2 23,7 26
28 22,6 24,2 24,5 23,9 24,3 22,4 28
30 17,9 21,6 21,9 21,9 22,2 20,9 30
32 -,0 19,4 19,6 20,2 20,7 19,7 32
34 -,0 17,5 17,7 18,2 18,9 18,4 34
36 -,0 -,0 15,9 16,5 17,2 17,3 36
38 -,0 -,0 14,3 14,9 15,7 15,8 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,4 14,2 14,4 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 12,9 13,1 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,4 11,8 11,9 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,8 10,9 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,8 9,9 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 52

100 t 360° DIN/ISO


Ausladung Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale Ausladung
Radius Radius
Portée m 14,7 2) 14,7 19,7 24,6 29,7 34,5 39,6 44,5 49,4 54,3 59,0 Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 300,0 1) 195,0 160,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 205,0 1) 180,0 160,0 140,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 181,0 1) 166,0 160,0 140,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 160,0 1) 155,0 154,0 140,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 147,0 144,0 143,0 140,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 126,0 126,0 125,0 126,0 102,0 83,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 112,0 112,0 111,0 111,0 94,5 83,0 70,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 101,0 101,0 99,5 100,0 87,0 77,5 66,5 58,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 91,5 91,5 90,0 90,5 80,5 72,0 63,5 56,5 45,0 -,0 -,0 19
10 83,5 83,5 82,0 82,5 74,5 68,5 60,0 54,5 45,0 36,0 -,0 10
12 -,0 -,0 69,0 69,5 64,5 62,0 54,0 49,5 44,0 35,5 28,0 12
14 -,0 -,0 59,5 60,0 56,0 56,5 48,5 44,5 40,0 34,0 28,0 14
16 -,0 -,0 46,5 51,5 49,5 51,0 43,5 39,5 36,5 32,5 26,8 16
18 -,0 -,0 -,0 44,5 43,5 46,0 39,0 35,5 33,0 30,5 25,5 18
20 -,0 -,0 -,0 38,5 38,0 41,0 35,0 32,0 30,5 28,6 24,2 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 33,5 36,5 31,5 29,3 28,0 26,5 22,9 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 29,2 32,0 29,1 26,8 25,8 24,5 21,5 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 21,8 28,4 26,8 24,7 23,8 22,6 20,2 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 25,4 24,4 22,9 22,0 20,9 18,9 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22,1 21,9 21,2 20,4 19,4 17,7 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 19,7 19,8 18,9 18,1 16,5 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,9 17,9 17,6 17,0 15,5 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,2 16,4 16,0 14,5 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,7 15,2 15,1 13,7 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,0 13,8 14,3 12,8 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,6 13,2 12,1 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,4 12,1 11,4 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,1 10,8 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 10,3 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,5 9,5 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,7 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 54

Bemerkungen · Remarks · Remarques:


1) Zusatzmittenabstützung · Central jack leg · Calage central
2) nur nach hinten · only over rear · uniquement sur l’arrière

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 12

Tragfähigkeiten Hauptausleger
Lifting capacities main boom
Capacités de levage flèche principale
53 t 360° DIN/ISO
Ausladung Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale Ausladung
Radius Radius
Portée m 14,7 19,7 24,6 29,7 34,5 36,6 39,6 44,5 47,6 49,4 54,3 59,0 Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 186,0 160,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 170,0 160,0 140,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 156,0 155,0 140,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 145,0 144,0 140,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 135,0 133,0 134,0 110,0 -,0 30,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 118,0 117,0 117,0 102,0 83,0 30,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 105,0 103,0 104,0 94,5 83,0 30,0 70,0 -,0 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 94,0 93,0 93,0 87,0 77,5 28,9 66,5 58,0 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 82,5 81,0 81,5 80,5 72,0 27,9 63,5 56,5 29,0 45,0 -,0 -,0 19
10 73,0 71,0 72,0 71,0 68,5 26,8 60,0 54,5 29,0 45,0 36,0 -,0 10
12 -,0 53,5 54,0 53,0 57,0 24,9 54,0 49,5 27,6 44,0 35,5 28,0 12
14 -,0 41,0 41,5 46,0 44,5 23,1 43,0 43,5 26,0 40,0 34,0 28,0 14
16 -,0 33,0 33,0 37,5 35,5 21,3 34,5 35,0 24,5 35,5 32,5 26,8 16
18 -,0 -,0 27,3 31,0 29,6 19,7 28,6 28,8 22,9 29,4 30,0 25,5 18
20 -,0 -,0 22,8 26,4 24,9 18,1 25,8 25,0 21,4 24,7 25,5 24,2 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 22,7 21,2 16,7 22,8 22,8 19,9 21,0 21,7 22,0 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 19,7 18,2 15,3 19,8 20,5 18,4 18,0 18,7 19,0 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,9 14,0 17,4 18,0 17,1 15,6 16,3 16,6 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,0 12,8 15,3 16,0 15,9 13,4 14,2 14,5 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,2 11,7 13,6 14,2 14,4 11,6 12,4 12,7 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 12,0 12,7 12,9 10,0 10,8 11,1 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 11,4 11,6 8,7 9,4 9,7 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 10,3 7,5 8,2 8,5 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 9,3 6,4 7,1 7,4 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 8,3 5,5 6,2 6,4 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,4 4,6 5,3 5,5 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,9 4,6 4,7 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,9 4,1 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,3 3,4 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,8 2,9 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,4 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,9 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 56

11 t 360° DIN/ISO
Ausladung Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale Ausladung
Radius Radius
Portée m 14,7 19,7 24,6 29,7 34,5 36,6 39,6 44,5 47,6 49,4 54,3 59,0 Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 174,0 160,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 159,0 159,0 140,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 142,0 142,0 140,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 126,0 126,0 126,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 114,0 114,0 111,0 97,0 -,0 30,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 95,0 90,5 82,5 77,0 73,0 30,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 67,0 64,5 64,5 66,0 59,0 30,0 53,5 -,0 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 50,0 47,5 48,5 54,0 48,5 28,9 45,0 40,0 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 39,0 37,0 37,5 42,5 39,5 27,9 39,5 35,0 29,0 32,0 -,0 -,0 19
10 30,0 28,0 28,7 34,5 32,5 26,8 33,5 32,5 29,0 27,2 26,8 -,0 10
12 -,0 17,4 17,9 22,9 24,9 24,9 23,2 24,1 24,3 20,0 20,1 19,3 12
14 -,0 11,5 11,9 16,3 18,1 18,9 16,5 17,4 17,7 13,9 14,2 13,8 14
16 -,0 7,8 8,1 12,1 13,7 14,5 12,3 13,1 13,4 9,8 10,2 10,0 16
18 -,0 -,0 5,4 9,2 10,7 11,5 9,4 10,1 10,4 7,0 7,4 7,2 18
20 -,0 -,0 3,1 7,1 8,5 9,2 7,2 7,9 8,1 4,8 5,3 5,2 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,4 6,8 7,5 5,5 6,2 6,4 3,2 3,7 3,6 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,2 5,4 6,2 4,2 4,9 5,1 1,9 2,4 2,4 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,4 5,1 3,0 3,8 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,5 4,2 2,0 2,7 3,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,6 3,4 -,0 1,8 2,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 32

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 13

Tragfähigkeiten Hauptausleger
Lifting capacities main boom
Capacités de levage flèche principale
0t 360° DIN/ISO
Ausladung Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale Ausladung
Radius Radius
Portée m 14,7 19,7 24,6 29,7 34,5 36,6 39,6 44,5 47,6 49,4 54,3 59,0 Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 171,0 160,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 148,0 148,0 140,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 130,0 130,0 126,0 105,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 115,0 115,0 102,0 87,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 104,0 95,5 85,0 80,5 -,0 30,0 45,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 77,5 68,0 61,5 62,5 53,0 30,0 45,5 36,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 52,0 47,5 43,0 46,5 39,5 30,0 38,5 36,0 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 36,0 32,5 32,0 36,0 34,5 28,9 31,0 30,0 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 25,2 22,5 23,4 28,9 29,7 27,9 25,3 24,8 24,0 19,1 -,0 -,0 19
10 18,6 16,2 16,9 22,8 24,8 24,9 20,9 20,8 20,2 15,7 15,8 -,0 10
12 -,0 8,9 9,5 14,4 16,4 17,3 14,7 15,0 14,7 10,3 10,6 10,0 12
14 -,0 4,6 5,2 9,7 11,4 12,3 9,9 10,3 10,2 6,1 6,5 6,1 14
16 -,0 1,6 2,0 6,7 8,3 9,1 6,7 7,2 7,2 3,4 3,8 3,6 16
18 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,6 6,1 6,9 4,5 5,0 5,0 1,5 1,9 1,8 18
20 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,8 4,5 5,2 2,9 3,4 3,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,4 3,1 4,0 1,6 2,2 2,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,0 2,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 14

Tragfähigkeiten Hauptausleger
Lifting capacities main boom
Capacités de levage flèche principale
11 t 270° DIN/ISO
Ausladung Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale Ausladung
Radius Radius
Portée m 14,7 19,7 24,6 29,7 34,5 36,6 39,6 44,5 47,6 49,4 54,3 59,0 Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 174,0 160,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 159,0 159,0 140,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 142,0 142,0 140,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 126,0 126,0 126,0 110,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 114,0 114,0 111,0 97,0 -,0 30,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 95,0 90,5 82,5 77,0 73,0 30,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 76,0 69,5 64,5 66,0 59,0 30,0 53,5 -,0 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 56,0 53,5 52,0 54,5 49,0 28,9 45,0 41,5 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 44,0 41,5 42,5 46,0 41,0 27,9 41,0 35,0 29,0 34,0 -,0 -,0 19
10 35,0 33,0 33,5 39,0 35,0 26,8 35,0 34,5 29,0 29,2 28,8 -,0 10
12 -,0 21,6 22,2 27,4 29,4 24,9 26,9 26,7 26,2 22,0 22,0 21,3 12
14 -,0 14,7 15,2 20,1 21,9 22,9 20,3 21,3 20,9 17,0 17,3 16,7 14
16 -,0 10,1 10,5 15,3 17,0 17,9 15,5 16,4 16,6 12,8 13,2 12,9 16
18 -,0 -,0 7,2 11,8 13,5 14,4 12,0 12,9 13,2 9,6 10,0 9,8 18
20 -,0 -,0 4,8 9,1 10,9 11,8 9,3 10,2 10,5 7,1 7,6 7,4 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,1 8,7 9,7 7,2 8,1 8,4 5,1 5,7 5,6 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,5 7,1 8,0 5,6 6,4 6,7 3,5 4,1 4,1 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,7 6,6 4,2 5,0 5,3 2,1 2,9 2,9 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,6 5,5 3,1 3,9 4,1 -,0 1,9 1,9 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,7 4,5 2,2 2,9 3,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,4 2,1 2,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,4 1,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 36

0t 270° DIN/ISO
Ausladung Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale Ausladung
Radius Radius
Portée m 14,7 19,7 24,6 29,7 34,5 36,6 39,6 44,5 47,6 49,4 54,3 59,0 Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
13 171,0 160,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13
13,5 148,0 148,0 140,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,5
14 130,0 130,0 126,0 105,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
14,5 115,0 115,0 102,0 87,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5
15 104,0 95,5 85,0 80,5 -,0 30,0 45,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15
16 80,5 68,0 62,0 63,0 55,0 30,0 45,5 36,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
17 58,5 50,5 46,5 49,0 43,0 30,0 42,0 36,0 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17
18 42,5 38,5 36,0 39,5 34,5 28,9 34,5 33,5 29,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
19 31,5 28,9 28,6 32,0 33,0 27,9 28,7 28,2 27,3 22,7 -,0 -,0 19
10 24,3 21,9 22,6 27,2 28,0 26,8 24,3 24,1 23,4 19,1 19,1 -,0 10
12 -,0 13,0 13,7 19,1 21,0 21,3 18,0 18,1 17,7 13,7 14,0 13,4 12
14 -,0 7,7 8,2 13,5 15,4 16,3 13,6 13,9 13,7 10,0 10,3 9,9 14
16 -,0 4,4 4,7 9,6 11,5 12,5 9,9 10,6 10,5 6,6 7,0 6,8 16
18 -,0 -,0 2,3 6,9 8,7 9,7 7,1 7,9 7,9 4,2 4,7 4,5 18
20 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 6,5 7,6 5,0 5,9 6,0 2,4 2,9 2,8 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,3 4,9 5,9 3,4 4,2 4,5 -,0 1,5 1,4 22
24 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,0 3,6 4,6 2,1 2,9 3,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,6 3,5 -,0 1,9 2,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,7 2,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 32

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 15

Arbeitsbereiche Hauptauslegerverlängerung
Working ranges main boom extension
Portées rallonge de flèche

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 16

Tragfähigkeiten Hauptauslegerverlängerung mit/ohne Superlift


Lifting capacities main boom extension with/without Superlift
Capacités de levage rallonge de flèche avec/sans Superlift
360° DIN/ISO
59,0 m Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Verlängerung 10,7 m · Extension 10.7 m · Rallonge 10,7 m
Ausladung 100 t 100 t 53 t 11 t Ausladung
Radius mit/with/avec SL ohne/without/sans SL ohne/without/sans SL ohne/without/sans SL Radius
Portée 0° 20° 0° 20° 0° 20° 0° 20° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
12 18,0 -,0 18,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 18,0 -,0 18,2 -,0 18,2 -,0 13,7 -,0 14
16 17,7 -,0 17,4 15,1 17,4 15,1 10,0 12,1 16
18 17,3 -,0 16,6 14,5 16,6 14,5 7,3 9,1 18
20 17,0 -,0 15,8 13,8 15,8 13,8 5,3 6,9 20
22 16,7 -,0 15,1 13,3 15,1 13,3 3,8 5,1 22
24 16,3 -,0 14,4 12,7 14,4 12,7 2,5 3,7 24
26 16,0 -,0 13,7 12,2 13,7 12,2 1,5 2,6 26
28 15,6 -,0 13,1 11,7 13,1 11,7 -,0 1,6 28
30 15,2 -,0 12,5 11,3 12,5 11,3 -,0 -,0 30
32 14,7 -,0 11,9 10,9 11,5 10,9 -,0 -,0 32
34 14,3 -,0 11,4 10,5 10,1 10,5 -,0 -,0 34
36 13,7 -,0 10,9 10,2 8,9 9,6 -,0 -,0 36
38 13,2 -,0 10,4 9,8 7,9 8,5 -,0 -,0 38
40 12,6 -,0 10,0 9,5 6,9 7,5 -,0 -,0 40
42 12,0 -,0 9,6 9,2 6,0 6,5 -,0 -,0 42
44 11,4 -,0 9,2 8,9 5,2 5,7 -,0 -,0 44
46 10,8 -,0 8,9 8,7 4,5 5,0 -,0 -,0 46
48 10,1 -,0 8,5 8,4 3,8 4,3 -,0 -,0 48
50 9,5 -,0 8,2 8,2 3,3 3,6 -,0 -,0 50
52 8,7 -,0 7,9 7,9 2,7 3,1 -,0 -,0 52
54 8,0 -,0 7,5 7,6 2,2 2,5 -,0 -,0 54
56 7,3 -,0 7,2 7,3 1,8 2,1 -,0 -,0 56
58 6,7 -,0 6,9 7,0 1,4 1,6 -,0 -,0 58
60 6,1 -,0 6,5 6,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 60
62 5,5 -,0 6,0 6,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 64

59,0 m Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale


Verlängerung 21,7 m · Extension 21.7 m · Rallonge 21,7 m
Ausladung 100 t 100 t 53 t 11 t Ausladung
Radius mit/with/avec SL ohne/without/sans SL ohne/without/sans SL ohne/without/sans SL Radius
Portée 0° 20° 0° 20° 0° 20° 0° 20° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
14 12,2 -,0 13,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 11,9 -,0 13,2 -,0 13,2 -,0 10,2 -,0 16
18 11,5 -,0 12,3 -,0 12,3 -,0 7,6 -,0 18
20 11,2 -,0 11,5 -,0 11,5 -,0 5,6 -,0 20
22 10,9 -,0 10,8 8,5 10,8 8,5 4,0 6,8 22
24 10,6 -,0 10,2 8,2 10,2 8,2 2,8 5,2 24
26 10,3 -,0 9,7 7,9 9,7 7,9 1,7 3,9 26
28 10,0 -,0 9,2 7,6 9,2 7,6 -,0 2,9 28
30 9,8 -,0 8,7 7,3 8,7 7,3 -,0 2,0 30
32 9,6 -,0 8,3 7,0 8,3 7,0 -,0 -,0 32
34 9,4 -,0 8,0 6,8 8,0 6,8 -,0 -,0 34
36 9,2 -,0 7,6 6,5 7,6 6,5 -,0 -,0 36
38 9,1 -,0 7,3 6,3 7,3 6,3 -,0 -,0 38
40 8,9 -,0 7,0 6,1 7,0 6,1 -,0 -,0 40
42 8,8 -,0 6,8 5,9 6,4 5,9 -,0 -,0 42
44 8,6 -,0 6,5 5,7 5,6 5,7 -,0 -,0 44
46 8,5 -,0 6,3 5,5 4,9 5,5 -,0 -,0 46
48 8,3 -,0 6,1 5,4 4,3 5,2 -,0 -,0 48
50 8,2 -,0 5,9 5,2 3,7 4,6 -,0 -,0 50
52 8,1 -,0 5,7 5,0 3,1 4,0 -,0 -,0 52
54 7,9 -,0 5,5 4,9 2,6 3,4 -,0 -,0 54
56 7,7 -,0 5,3 4,7 2,2 2,9 -,0 -,0 56
58 7,1 -,0 5,2 4,6 1,7 2,4 -,0 -,0 58
60 6,5 -,0 5,0 4,5 1,4 1,9 -,0 -,0 60
62 6,0 -,0 4,8 4,4 -,0 1,5 -,0 -,0 62
64 5,4 -,0 4,7 4,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 64
66 5,0 -,0 4,5 4,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 66
68 4,5 -,0 4,3 4,1 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 68
70 4,1 -,0 4,2 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,8 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 17

Arbeitsbereiche starrer Hilfsausleger


Working ranges fixed fly jib
Portées fléchette fixe

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 18

Tragfähigkeiten starrer Hilfsausleger mit/ohne Superlift


Lifting capacities fixed fly jib with/without Superlift
Capacités de levage fléchette fixe avec/sans Superlift
100 t 360° DIN/ISO
57,3 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale 57,3 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger mit SL · Fly jib with SL · Fléchette avec SL Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette
Radius 20 m 30 m 32 m 41 m Radius 20 m 30 m 32 m 41 m
Portée 3° 20° 3° 20° 3° 20° 3° 20° Portée 3° 20° 3° 20° 3° 20° 3° 20°
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0
14 12,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18 11,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
16 12,4 -,0 9,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20 10,7 -,0 8,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
18 12,1 -,0 9,2 -,0 8,2 -,0 5,1 -,0 22 10,0 8,4 8,0 -,0 7,6 -,0 -,0 -,0
20 11,8 10,8 9,1 -,0 8,0 -,0 5,0 -,0 24 9,4 7,9 7,5 -,0 7,1 -,0 5,3 -,0
22 11,5 10,4 8,9 -,0 7,9 -,0 4,9 -,0 26 8,8 7,5 7,0 -,0 6,7 -,0 5,0 -,0
24 11,3 10,0 8,7 -,0 7,7 -,0 4,9 -,0 28 8,3 7,1 6,5 5,4 6,3 -,0 4,7 -,0
26 11,0 9,6 8,5 7,6 7,5 -,0 4,8 -,0 30 7,8 6,8 6,1 5,1 5,9 4,9 4,5 -,0
28 10,7 9,2 8,3 7,5 7,4 6,9 4,7 -,0 32 7,4 6,4 5,7 4,8 5,5 4,6 4,2 -,0
30 10,4 8,9 8,1 7,3 7,2 6,7 4,6 -,0 34 7,0 6,1 5,3 4,6 5,2 4,3 4,0 3,5
32 10,1 8,6 7,9 7,1 7,0 6,5 4,5 3,8 36 6,6 5,9 5,0 4,4 4,8 4,1 3,8 3,3
34 9,8 8,4 7,7 6,9 6,8 6,3 4,5 3,8 38 6,3 5,6 4,7 4,1 4,5 3,8 3,6 3,1
36 9,6 8,1 7,4 6,7 6,6 6,1 4,4 3,7 40 6,0 5,4 4,4 3,9 4,3 3,6 3,4 2,9
38 9,3 7,9 7,2 6,5 6,4 6,0 4,3 3,6 42 5,7 5,1 4,2 3,7 4,0 3,4 3,2 2,8
40 9,0 7,7 7,0 6,3 6,2 5,8 4,2 3,6 44 5,4 4,9 4,0 3,6 3,8 3,3 3,0 2,6
42 8,7 7,5 6,8 6,1 6,0 5,6 4,1 3,5 46 5,2 4,7 3,7 3,4 3,5 3,1 2,8 2,5
44 8,5 7,3 6,6 5,9 5,8 5,4 4,0 3,4 48 4,9 4,5 3,5 3,2 3,3 3,0 2,7 2,3
46 8,2 7,1 6,4 5,7 5,6 5,2 4,0 3,3 50 4,7 4,3 3,4 3,0 3,1 2,8 2,5 2,2
48 7,9 6,9 6,2 5,5 5,5 5,0 3,9 3,2 52 4,5 4,2 3,2 2,9 3,0 2,7 2,4 2,0
50 7,6 6,7 6,0 5,3 5,3 4,9 3,8 3,1 54 4,3 4,0 3,0 2,8 2,8 2,6 2,2 1,9
52 7,4 6,5 5,7 5,2 5,1 4,7 3,7 3,1 56 4,1 3,8 2,9 2,6 2,6 2,4 2,1 1,8
54 6,8 6,4 5,5 5,0 4,9 4,6 3,6 3,0 58 3,9 3,7 2,7 2,5 2,5 2,3 1,9 1,7
56 6,0 6,2 5,3 4,8 4,7 4,4 3,5 2,9 60 3,8 3,5 2,6 2,4 2,4 2,2 1,8 1,6
58 5,4 5,9 5,1 4,7 4,5 4,3 3,5 2,8 62 3,6 3,4 2,5 2,3 2,2 2,1 1,7 1,5
60 4,8 5,3 4,9 4,5 4,4 4,1 3,4 2,7 64 3,4 3,2 2,4 2,2 2,1 2,0 1,5 -,0
62 4,2 4,6 4,8 4,4 4,2 4,0 3,3 2,6 66 3,3 3,1 2,3 2,1 2,0 1,9 1,4 -,0
64 3,7 4,1 4,3 4,3 4,0 3,9 3,2 2,6 68 3,0 3,0 2,2 2,0 1,9 1,8 -,0 -,0
66 3,2 3,5 3,8 4,2 3,9 3,8 3,1 2,5 70 2,6 2,8 2,1 1,9 1,8 1,7 -,0 -,0
68 2,7 3,0 3,3 4,0 3,5 3,6 3,0 2,4 74 -,0 -,0 1,9 1,8 1,6 1,6 -,0 -,0
70 2,0 2,5 2,9 3,5 3,0 3,5 3,0 2,4 78 -,0 -,0 1,6 1,7 1,4 1,4 -,0 -,0
74 -,0 -,0 2,1 2,5 2,2 2,8 2,4 2,2 82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,7 1,5 1,9 1,6 2,1 86 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,6 90 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 94 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0

53 t 360° DIN/ISO
57,3 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale 57,3 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger mit SL · Fly jib with SL · Fléchette avec SL Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette
Radius 20 m 30 m 32 m 41 m Radius 20 m 30 m 32 m 41 m
Portée 3° 20° 3° 20° 3° 20° 3° 20° Portée 3° 20° 3° 20° 3° 20° 3° 20°
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0
14 12,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18 11,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
16 12,4 -,0 9,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20 10,7 -,0 8,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
18 12,1 -,0 9,2 -,0 8,2 -,0 5,1 -,0 22 10,0 8,4 8,0 -,0 7,6 -,0 -,0 -,0
20 11,8 10,8 9,1 -,0 8,0 -,0 5,0 -,0 24 9,4 7,9 7,5 -,0 7,1 -,0 5,3 -,0
22 11,5 10,4 8,9 -,0 7,9 -,0 4,9 -,0 26 8,8 7,5 7,0 -,0 6,7 -,0 5,0 -,0
24 11,3 10,0 8,7 -,0 7,7 -,0 4,9 -,0 28 8,3 7,1 6,5 5,4 6,3 -,0 4,7 -,0
25 11,0 9,6 8,5 -,0 7,5 -,0 4,8 -,0 30 7,8 6,8 6,1 5,1 5,9 4,9 4,5 -,0
26 10,7 9,2 8,3 7,6 7,4 -,0 4,7 -,0 32 7,4 6,4 5,7 4,8 5,5 4,6 4,2 -,0
28 10,4 8,9 8,1 7,5 7,2 6,9 4,6 -,0 34 7,0 6,1 5,3 4,6 5,2 4,3 4,0 3,5
30 10,1 8,6 7,9 7,3 7,0 6,7 4,5 -,0 36 6,6 5,9 5,0 4,4 4,8 4,1 3,8 3,3
32 9,4 8,4 7,7 7,1 6,8 6,5 4,5 3,8 38 6,3 5,6 4,7 4,1 4,5 3,8 3,6 3,1
34 8,0 8,1 7,4 6,9 6,6 6,3 4,4 3,8 40 5,8 5,4 4,4 3,9 4,3 3,6 3,4 2,9
36 6,8 7,9 7,2 6,7 6,4 6,1 4,3 3,7 42 4,9 5,1 4,2 3,7 4,0 3,4 3,2 2,8
38 5,8 7,0 6,4 6,5 6,2 6,0 4,2 3,6 44 4,1 4,9 4,0 3,6 3,8 3,3 3,0 2,6
40 4,9 6,0 5,5 6,3 5,8 5,8 4,1 3,6 46 3,3 4,3 3,7 3,4 3,5 3,1 2,8 2,5
42 4,0 5,1 4,6 6,1 5,0 5,6 4,0 3,5 48 2,7 3,5 3,2 3,2 3,3 3,0 2,7 2,3
44 3,3 4,2 3,9 5,9 4,2 5,4 4,0 3,4 50 2,0 2,8 2,6 3,0 2,9 2,8 2,5 2,2
46 2,6 3,4 3,2 5,4 3,5 5,2 3,6 3,3 52 1,5 2,2 2,0 2,9 2,3 2,7 2,4 2,0
48 1,9 2,7 2,5 4,6 2,8 5,0 2,9 3,2 54 -,0 1,6 1,5 2,6 1,8 2,6 1,8 1,9
50 -,0 2,1 2,0 3,9 2,2 4,2 2,3 3,1 56 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,1 -,0 2,4 -,0 1,8
52 -,0 1,5 1,4 3,2 1,7 3,5 1,8 3,1 58 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,5 -,0 1,8 -,0 1,7
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,6 -,0 2,9 -,0 3,0 60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,6
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 2,8 62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,5 -,0 1,8 -,0 2,3 64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,8 66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0
Bemerkungen · Remarks · Remarques: Siehe Seite 19 · see page 19 · voir page 19

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 19

Tragfähigkeiten wippbarer Hilfsausleger mit SL, Hauptausleger 82° bis 60°


Lifting capacities luffing fly jib with SL, main boom 82° to 60°
Capacités de levage fléchette à volée variable avec SL, flèche 82° jusqu’à 60°
100 t 360° DIN/ISO
37,5 m 3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette Ausladung
Radius 20 m 32 m 44 m 54 m 65 m Radius
Portée 83° 73° 65° 60° 83° 73° 65° 60° 83° 73° 65° 60° 83° 73° 65° 60° 83° 73° 65° 60° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
14 19,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 19,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 19,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 19,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 19,7 19,7 -,0 -,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 19,7 -,0 -,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 19,7 -,0 -,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 19,7 19,7 -,0 14,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 19,7 -,0 14,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 19,7 19,7 14,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 10,2 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,3 14,0 14,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 10,2 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,1 -,0 14,0 14,0 -,0 10,2 10,2 -,0 -,0 8,2 8,2 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,0 14,0 -,0 10,2 10,2 -,0 -,0 8,2 8,2 -,0 -,0 5,6 -,0 -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,0 14,0 14,0 10,2 10,2 -,0 -,0 8,2 8,2 -,0 -,0 5,6 5,6 -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,0 13,3 10,2 10,2 10,2 -,0 8,2 8,2 -,0 -,0 5,6 5,6 -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,8 12,5 10,2 10,2 10,2 -,0 8,2 8,2 -,0 -,0 5,6 5,6 -,0 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,8 10,2 10,2 10,2 -,0 8,2 8,2 -,0 -,0 5,6 5,6 -,0 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,2 -,0 10,2 10,2 10,1 8,2 8,2 8,2 -,0 5,6 5,6 -,0 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 10,2 9,5 8,2 8,2 8,2 -,0 5,6 5,6 -,0 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 10,1 8,9 8,2 8,2 8,2 -,0 5,6 5,6 5,6 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,6 8,4 8,2 8,2 8,2 8,2 5,6 5,6 5,6 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,1 8,0 -,0 8,2 8,2 7,8 5,6 5,6 5,6 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,6 -,0 8,2 8,2 7,3 5,6 5,6 5,6 -,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 8,0 7,0 5,6 5,6 5,6 -,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,6 6,6 5,6 5,6 5,6 5,6 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 6,3 5,6 5,6 5,6 5,6 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,9 6,0 5,6 5,6 5,6 5,2 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,7 -,0 5,6 5,6 5,0 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 5,6 4,7 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,1 4,2 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,8 78

Bemerkungen · Remarks · Remarques

3) incl. 3 m Adapter
3) incl. 3 m adapter
3) incl. adaptateur 3 m

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 20

Tragfähigkeiten wippbarer Hilfsausleger mit SL, Hauptausleger 82° bis 60°


Lifting capacities luffing fly jib with SL, main boom 82° to 60°
Capacités de levage fléchette à volée variable avec SL, flèche 82° jusqu’à 60°
100 t 360° DIN/ISO
42,6 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette Ausladung
Radius 20 m 32 m 44 m 54 m 65 m Radius
Portée 82° 73° 65° 60° 82° 73° 65° 60° 82° 73° 65° 60° 82° 73° 65° 60° 82° 73° 65° 60° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
14 16,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 16,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 16,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 16,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 16,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 16,2 -,0 -,0 12,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 16,2 -,0 -,0 12,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 16,2 -,0 -,0 12,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 16,2 16,2 -,0 12,2 12,2 -,0 -,0 8,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 16,2 -,0 12,2 12,2 -,0 -,0 8,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 16,2 -,0 12,2 12,2 -,0 -,0 8,9 8,9 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,2 -,0 12,2 -,0 -,0 8,9 8,9 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,2 -,0 12,2 12,2 -,0 8,9 8,9 -,0 -,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 12,2 -,0 8,9 8,9 -,0 -,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 12,2 12,2 8,9 8,9 -,0 -,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 11,7 8,9 8,9 8,9 -,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,2 11,0 8,9 8,9 8,9 -,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,4 -,0 8,9 8,9 -,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,9 -,0 8,9 8,9 8,7 7,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 8,9 8,2 7,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 7,7 7,0 7,0 7,0 -,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,5 7,3 7,0 7,0 7,0 7,0 4,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,1 6,9 -,0 7,0 7,0 6,7 4,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,5 -,0 7,0 7,0 6,3 4,0 4,0 4,0 -,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,2 -,0 7,0 7,0 6,0 4,0 4,0 4,0 4,0 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,8 5,7 4,0 4,0 4,0 4,0 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,4 5,4 4,0 4,0 4,0 4,0 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 5,1 -,0 4,0 4,0 4,0 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 -,0 4,0 4,0 4,0 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 3,6 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 3,2 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,9 82
84 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 84

47,5 m 3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale

1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
16 14,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 14,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 14,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 14,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 14,3 14,3 -,0 -,0 10,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 14,3 -,0 -,0 10,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 14,3 -,0 -,0 10,7 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 14,3 -,0 -,0 10,7 10,7 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 14,3 -,0 10,7 10,7 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 14,3 -,0 10,7 10,7 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 14,3 -,0 10,7 10,7 -,0 -,0 7,3 7,3 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 14,3 14,3 -,0 10,7 -,0 -,0 7,3 7,3 -,0 -,0 5,2 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,4 -,0 10,7 10,7 -,0 7,3 7,3 -,0 -,0 5,2 5,2 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 10,7 -,0 7,3 7,3 -,0 -,0 5,2 5,2 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 10,7 7,3 7,3 -,0 -,0 5,2 5,2 -,0 -,0 2,5 2,5 -,0 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 10,3 7,3 7,3 7,3 -,0 5,2 5,2 -,0 -,0 2,5 2,5 -,0 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,7 9,7 -,0 7,3 7,3 -,0 5,2 5,2 -,0 -,0 2,5 2,5 -,0 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,2 -,0 7,3 7,3 -,0 5,2 5,2 5,2 -,0 2,5 2,5 -,0 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,7 -,0 7,3 7,3 -,0 5,2 5,2 5,2 -,0 2,5 2,5 -,0 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 7,3 7,1 5,2 5,2 5,2 -,0 2,5 2,5 -,0 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 6,7 5,2 5,2 5,2 -,0 2,5 2,5 2,5 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 6,3 -,0 5,2 5,2 5,2 2,5 2,5 2,5 -,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,2 6,0 -,0 5,2 5,2 5,1 2,5 2,5 2,5 -,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,7 -,0 5,2 5,2 5,1 2,5 2,5 2,5 -,0 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,4 -,0 5,2 5,2 5,1 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 4,8 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 4,6 -,0 2,5 2,5 2,5 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,2 4,3 -,0 2,5 2,5 2,5 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,9 -,0 2,5 2,5 2,5 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 2,5 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,4 82

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 21

Arbeitsbereiche wippbarer Hilfsausleger mit SL, Hauptausleger 82° bis 60°


Working ranges luffing fly jib with SL, main boom 82° to 60°
Portées fléchette à volée variable avec SL, flèche 82° jusqu’à 60°

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 22

Arbeitsbereiche wippbarer Hilfsausleger, Hauptausleger 82°


Working ranges luffing fly jib, main boom 82°
Portées fléchette à volée variable, flèche 82°

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 23

Tragfähigkeiten wippbarer Hilfsausleger, Hauptausleger 82° bis 65°


Lifting capacities luffing fly jib, main boom 82° to 65°
Capacités de levage fléchette à volée variable, flèche 82° jusqu’à 65°
100 t 360° DIN/ISO
17,7 m 3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette Ausladung
Radius 20 m 32 m 44 m 54 m 65 m Radius
Portée 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
10 56,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10
12 52,5 -,0 -,0 35,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 50,0 47,0 -,0 34,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 46,5 44,5 -,0 34,0 -,0 -,0 20,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 42,5 42,0 -,0 33,0 -,0 -,0 20,7 -,0 -,0 15,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 35,0 39,5 37,0 32,0 31,0 -,0 20,5 -,0 -,0 15,7 -,0 -,0 10,9 -,0 -,0 20
22 -,0 37,0 36,5 30,5 30,0 -,0 20,1 -,0 -,0 15,5 -,0 -,0 10,6 -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 -,0 35,0 29,4 28,9 -,0 19,7 -,0 -,0 15,2 -,0 -,0 10,3 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 27,7 27,9 26,7 19,3 19,1 -,0 14,9 -,0 -,0 10,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 25,7 27,0 26,5 18,8 18,8 -,0 14,6 13,9 -,0 9,7 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 23,4 26,1 26,4 18,4 18,5 -,0 14,3 13,8 -,0 9,5 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 25,3 25,1 17,9 18,2 18,5 13,9 13,6 -,0 9,3 9,4 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 23,3 23,5 17,4 18,0 18,1 13,6 13,4 -,0 9,0 9,2 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22,0 16,8 17,5 17,4 13,3 13,3 -,0 8,8 8,9 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,1 17,1 16,7 12,9 13,1 13,0 8,7 8,6 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,0 16,3 15,7 12,6 13,0 12,9 8,5 8,4 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,9 15,5 14,7 12,3 12,9 12,9 8,3 8,1 8,2 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,7 13,9 12,0 12,8 12,8 8,2 7,9 8,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,9 13,0 11,7 12,7 12,7 8,1 7,7 7,8 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,5 11,5 12,6 12,6 8,0 7,5 7,7 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,3 12,5 12,5 7,9 7,3 7,6 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,5 12,4 12,4 7,8 7,2 7,5 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,1 12,3 7,6 7,1 7,4 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,8 7,3 7,0 7,2 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,3 7,0 6,9 7,1 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,6 6,8 7,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 6,7 6,8 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,5 6,6 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,4 66

27,6 m 3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale

1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
12 46,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 44,5 -,0 -,0 32,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 42,0 -,0 -,0 31,5 -,0 -,0 21,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 40,0 41,0 -,0 30,5 -,0 -,0 20,5 -,0 -,0 13,9 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 38,0 39,5 -,0 29,4 -,0 -,0 19,7 -,0 -,0 13,4 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 -,0 37,5 -,0 28,4 28,0 -,0 18,9 -,0 -,0 13,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 34,0 32,0 26,4 27,5 -,0 18,3 -,0 -,0 12,5 -,0 -,0 7,9 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 31,5 29,5 25,3 27,1 -,0 17,7 -,0 -,0 12,1 -,0 -,0 7,6 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 -,0 27,3 24,3 26,7 -,0 17,1 16,6 -,0 11,8 -,0 -,0 7,4 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 23,3 26,4 24,6 16,6 16,4 -,0 11,5 -,0 -,0 7,1 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24,6 22,9 16,2 16,1 -,0 11,2 10,9 -,0 6,9 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 23,0 21,2 15,8 15,8 -,0 10,9 10,9 -,0 6,8 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 21,4 19,7 15,3 15,6 15,0 10,7 10,8 -,0 6,6 6,4 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,5 14,9 15,4 14,7 10,5 10,8 -,0 6,5 6,3 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,3 14,4 14,9 14,4 10,3 10,7 -,0 6,3 6,3 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,9 14,4 14,2 10,2 10,6 10,2 6,2 6,2 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,3 13,6 13,9 10,1 10,6 10,1 6,2 6,2 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,7 13,7 10,0 10,5 10,1 6,1 6,2 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,4 12,9 10,0 10,5 10,0 6,1 6,1 6,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,3 9,9 10,4 10,0 6,0 6,1 6,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,6 9,8 10,4 10,0 6,0 6,1 6,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,7 10,3 10,0 6,0 6,1 6,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,3 10,0 6,0 6,1 6,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,2 9,9 6,0 6,1 6,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,4 6,0 6,1 6,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,0 6,0 6,1 6,0 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,0 6,1 6,0 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 6,0 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 6,0 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,0 70
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 72

Bemerkungen · Remarks · Remarques:


3) incl. 3 m Adapter · incl. 3 m adapter · incl. adaptateur 3 m

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 24

Anmerkungen zu den Tragfähigkeiten


Notes to lifting capacity
Conditions d’utilisation

Tragfähigkeiten entsprechen ISO 4305 und DIN 15019.2 (Prüflast = 1,25 x Hublast + 0,1 x Auslegereigengewicht, auf die
Auslegerspitze reduziert). Traglasten über 250 t nur mit Zusatzeinrichtung.
Das Gewicht der Unterflaschen, sowie die Lastaufnahmemittel, sind Bestandteile der Last und sind von den Tragfähigkeitsangaben
abzuziehen.

Kranbetrieb mit Hauptausleger zulässig bis:


Staudruck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N/m2

Windgeschwindigkeit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,8 m/s

Weitere Angaben in der Bedienungsanleitung des Kranes.

Anmerkung: Die Daten dieser Broschüre dienen nur zur allgemeinen Information; für ihre Richtigkeit übernehmen wir keine Haftung.
Der Betrieb des Kranes ist nur mit den Original-Tragfähigkeitstabellen und mit der Bedienungsanleitung zulässig, die mit dem Kran
mitgeliefert werden.

Ratings are in compliance with ISO 4305 and DIN 15019.2 (test load = 1.25 x suspended load + 0.1 x dead weight of boom reduced
to boom point). Lifting capacities above 250 t only with special equipment.
Weight of hook blocks and slings is part of the load, and is to be deducted from the capacity ratings.

Crane operation with main boom is permissible up to a


wind pressure of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N/m2

wind speed of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 m/s

Consult operation manual for further details.

Note: Data published herein is intended as a guide only and shall not be construed to warrant applicability for lifting purposes.
Crane operation is subject to the computer charts and operation manual both supplied with the crane.

Le tableau de charges est conforme à la norme ISO 4305 et DIN 15019.2 (charge d’essai = 1,25 x charge suspendue + 0,1 x poids
de la flèche réduit à la pointe de flèche). Forces de levage plus de 250 t seulement avec équipement supplémentaire.
Les poids du crochet-moufle et de tous les accessoires d’élingage font partie de la charge et sont à déduire des charges indiquées.

La grue peut travailler avec flèche principale jusqu’à une


pression du vent de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N/m2

vitesse du vent de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,8 m/s

Pour plus de détails consulter la notice d’utilisation de la grue.

Nota: Les renseignements ci-inclus sont donnés à titre indicatif et ne représentent aucune garantie d’utilisation pour les opérations
de levage. La mise en service de la grue n’est autorisée qu’à condition que les tableaux de charges ainsi que le manuel de service,
tels que fournis avec la grue, soient observés.

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 25

Tragfähigkeiten wippbarer Hilfsausleger, Hauptausleger 82° bis 65°


Lifting capacities luffing fly jib, main boom 82° to 65°
Capacités de levage fléchette à volée variable, flèche 82° jusqu’à 65°
76 t 360° DIN/ISO
17,7 m 3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette Ausladung
Radius 20 m 32 m 44 m 54 m 65 m Radius
Portée 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
10 56,0 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10
12 52,5 4) -,0 -,0 35,5 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 50,0 4) 47,0 -,0 34,5 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 46,5 44,5 -,0 34,0 4) -,0 -,0 20,9 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 42,5 42,0 -,0 33,0 4) -,0 -,0 20,7 4) -,0 -,0 15,9 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 35,0 39,5 37,0 32,0 4) 31,0 -,0 20,5 4) -,0 -,0 15,7 4) -,0 -,0 10,9 4) -,0 -,0 20
22 -,0 35,0 33,5 30,5 30,0 -,0 20,1 4) -,0 -,0 15,5 4) -,0 -,0 10,6 4) -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 -,0 30,0 29,4 28,9 -,0 19,7 4) -,0 -,0 15,2 4) -,0 -,0 10,3 4) -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 27,7 27,9 26,7 19,3 4) 19,1 -,0 14,9 4) -,0 -,0 10,0 4) -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 25,7 25,6 24,3 18,8 4) 18,8 -,0 14,6 4) 13,9 -,0 9,7 4) -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 23,4 23,5 22,3 18,4 4) 18,5 -,0 14,3 4) 13,8 -,0 9,5 4) -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 21,7 20,5 17,9 18,2 18,5 13,9 4) 13,6 -,0 9,3 4) 9,4 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20,1 19,0 17,4 18,0 18,1 13,6 4) 13,4 -,0 9,0 4) 9,2 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,7 16,8 17,5 16,9 13,3 4) 13,3 -,0 8,8 4) 8,9 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16,1 16,7 15,7 12,9 4) 13,1 13,0 8,7 4) 8,6 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,0 15,7 14,7 12,6 4) 13,0 12,9 8,5 4) 8,4 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,9 14,7 13,8 12,3 12,9 12,9 8,3 4) 8,1 8,2 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,8 13,0 12,0 12,8 12,8 8,2 4) 7,9 8,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,1 12,2 11,7 12,7 12,1 8,1 4) 7,7 7,8 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,6 11,5 12,2 11,4 8,0 4) 7,5 7,7 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,3 11,6 10,8 7,9 4) 7,3 7,6 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,5 11,0 10,2 7,8 4) 7,2 7,5 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,4 9,7 7,6 4) 7,1 7,4 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,2 7,3 4) 7,0 7,2 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,8 7,0 4) 6,9 7,1 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,6 4) 6,8 7,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 4) 6,7 6,8 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,5 6,6 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,4 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 70

27,6 m 3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale

1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
12 46,5 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12
14 44,5 4) -,0 -,0 32,5 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 42,0 4) -,0 -,0 31,5 4) -,0 -,0 21,5 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 40,0 41,0 -,0 30,5 4) -,0 -,0 20,5 4) -,0 -,0 13,9 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 38,0 37,0 -,0 29,4 4) -,0 -,0 19,7 4) -,0 -,0 13,4 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 -,0 32,5 -,0 28,4 28,0 -,0 18,9 4) -,0 -,0 13,0 4) -,0 -,0 8,2 4) -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 29,3 26,8 27,4 27,5 -,0 18,3 4) -,0 -,0 12,5 4) -,0 -,0 7,9 4) -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 26,6 24,2 26,4 25,9 -,0 17,7 4) -,0 -,0 12,1 4) -,0 -,0 7,6 4) -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 -,0 22,1 25,3 23,6 -,0 17,1 4) 16,6 -,0 11,8 4) -,0 -,0 7,4 4) -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 -,0 24,1 21,6 19,6 16,6 4) 16,4 -,0 11,5 4) -,0 -,0 7,1 4) -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 22,2 19,9 18,0 16,2 4) 16,1 -,0 11,2 4) 10,9 -,0 6,9 4) -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,5 16,7 15,8 15,8 -,0 10,9 4) 10,9 -,0 6,8 4) -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 17,2 15,5 15,3 15,6 14,6 10,7 4) 10,8 -,0 6,6 4) 6,4 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,5 14,9 15,2 13,6 10,5 4) 10,8 -,0 6,5 4) 6,3 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,6 14,4 14,2 12,7 10,3 4) 10,7 -,0 6,3 4) 6,3 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,9 13,3 11,8 10,2 4) 10,6 10,2 6,2 4) 6,2 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,3 12,5 11,1 10,1 4) 10,6 10,1 6,2 4) 6,2 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,8 10,4 10,0 4) 10,5 10,1 6,1 4) 6,2 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,1 9,8 10,0 10,5 9,7 6,1 4) 6,1 6,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,3 10,0 10,4 9,1 6,0 4) 6,1 6,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,8 9,9 9,8 8,6 6,0 4) 6,1 6,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,7 9,3 8,1 6,0 4) 6,1 6,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 7,7 6,0 4) 6,1 6,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,4 7,3 6,0 4) 6,1 6,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,9 6,0 4) 6,1 6,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,5 6,0 6,1 5,9 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,0 6,1 5,5 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 5,2 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 4,9 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,7 70
72 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 72

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 26

Tragfähigkeiten wippbarer Hilfsausleger, Hauptausleger 82° bis 65°


Lifting capacities luffing fly jib, main boom 82° to 65°
Capacités de levage fléchette à volée variable, flèche 82° jusqu’à 65°
76 t 360° DIN/ISO
37,5 m 3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette Ausladung
Radius 20 m 32 m 44 m 54 m 65 m Radius
Portée 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
14 34,0 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 33,5 4) -,0 -,0 23,7 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 33,0 4) -,0 -,0 23,1 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 32,5 -,0 -,0 22,7 4) -,0 -,0 15,7 4) -,0 -,0 10,5 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 32,0 26,8 -,0 22,3 4) -,0 -,0 15,5 4) -,0 -,0 10,3 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 25,0 -,0 22,0 4) -,0 -,0 15,2 4) -,0 -,0 10,1 4) -,0 -,0 6,4 4) -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 23,4 -,0 21,8 20,0 -,0 15,0 4) -,0 -,0 9,9 4) -,0 -,0 6,3 4) -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 22,1 19,2 21,6 19,3 -,0 14,7 4) -,0 -,0 9,7 4) -,0 -,0 6,3 4) -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 -,0 17,6 21,4 18,8 -,0 14,5 4) -,0 -,0 9,5 4) -,0 -,0 6,2 4) -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 16,2 21,3 18,2 -,0 14,3 4) 14,8 -,0 9,4 4) -,0 -,0 6,1 4) -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 19,8 16,8 -,0 14,1 4) 14,2 -,0 9,2 4) -,0 -,0 6,1 4) -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,6 13,3 13,9 13,7 -,0 9,1 4) 8,9 -,0 6,0 4) -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,6 12,4 13,8 13,2 -,0 9,0 4) 8,9 -,0 6,0 4) -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,7 11,5 13,6 12,8 -,0 8,9 4) 8,8 -,0 5,9 4) 5,7 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,8 13,4 12,0 9,7 8,8 4) 8,7 -,0 5,9 4) 5,6 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,1 13,2 11,2 9,0 8,7 4) 8,6 -,0 5,8 4) 5,6 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,8 10,5 8,4 8,6 4) 8,6 -,0 5,8 4) 5,5 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,9 7,9 8,6 4) 8,5 7,7 5,7 4) 5,4 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,4 7,4 8,5 8,4 7,2 5,7 4) 5,3 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 6,9 8,5 8,4 6,8 5,6 4) 5,3 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,5 8,5 8,2 6,3 5,6 4) 5,2 5,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,2 -,0 7,8 6,0 5,5 4) 5,2 5,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,4 5,6 5,5 4) 5,1 4,9 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 5,3 5,5 4) 5,1 4,6 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,0 5,4 4) 5,1 4,3 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,7 5,4 5,0 4,0 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,5 5,4 5,0 3,8 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,0 3,5 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 3,3 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,9 74
76 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 76

Bemerkungen · Remarks · Remarques

3) incl. 3 m Adapter
3) incl. 3 m adapter
3) incl. adaptateur 3 m

4) Bei diesen Traglasten sind nur 53 t Gegengewicht erforderlich


4) Only 53 t counterweight required
4) Uniquement 53 t de contrepoids sont nécessaires

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:09 Uhr Seite 27

Tragfähigkeiten wippbarer Hilfsausleger, Hauptausleger 82° bis 65°


Lifting capacities luffing fly jib, main boom 82° to 65°
Capacités de levage fléchette à volée variable, flèche 82° jusqu’à 65°
76 t 360° DIN/ISO
42,6 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette Ausladung
Radius 20 m 32 m 44 m 54 m 65 m Radius
Portée 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
14 27,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 27,4 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 27,0 4) -,0 -,0 19,6 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 26,6 4) -,0 -,0 19,3 4) -,0 -,0 13,2 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 -,0 -,0 -,0 18,9 4) -,0 -,0 13,0 4) -,0 -,0 8,5 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 -,0 20,5 -,0 18,6 4) -,0 -,0 12,8 4) -,0 -,0 8,4 4) -,0 -,0 5,2 4) -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 20,0 -,0 18,3 4) -,0 -,0 12,6 4) -,0 -,0 8,3 4) -,0 -,0 5,1 4) -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 19,6 -,0 18,1 4) 16,5 -,0 12,4 4) -,0 -,0 8,1 4) -,0 -,0 5,0 4) -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 19,3 -,0 17,8 16,1 -,0 12,2 4) -,0 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 4,9 4) -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 15,4 17,6 15,7 -,0 12,0 4) -,0 -,0 7,9 4) -,0 -,0 4,8 4) -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 14,3 17,3 15,4 -,0 11,8 4) 11,7 -,0 7,8 4) -,0 -,0 4,7 4) -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 15,1 -,0 11,6 4) 11,4 -,0 7,7 4) -,0 -,0 4,7 4) -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,1 11,4 11,5 4) 11,1 -,0 7,6 4) 7,0 -,0 4,6 4) -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 13,2 10,8 11,3 4) 10,9 -,0 7,4 4) 6,9 -,0 4,6 4) -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,4 10,1 11,2 10,7 -,0 7,3 4) 6,8 -,0 4,5 4) 4,3 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,4 11,1 10,5 -,0 7,2 4) 6,8 -,0 4,5 4) 4,3 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,9 10,9 10,1 7,7 7,2 4) 6,7 -,0 4,4 4) 4,2 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,5 7,2 7,1 4) 6,6 -,0 4,4 4) 4,2 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,0 6,8 7,0 4) 6,6 6,4 4,4 4) 4,2 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,4 6,3 7,0 4) 6,6 6,2 4,4 4) 4,1 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,9 7,0 4) 6,5 5,8 4,4 4) 4,1 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,6 7,0 6,5 5,4 4,3 4) 4,1 3,3 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,3 -,0 6,5 5,1 4,3 4) 4,1 3,3 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,5 4,8 4,3 4) 4,1 3,3 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,3 4,5 4,3 4) 4,1 3,3 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,2 4,2 4,0 3,3 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 4,2 4,0 3,3 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,7 -,0 4,0 3,0 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 2,8 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,4 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,1 78

47,5 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale

1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
16 23,0 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 22,9 4) -,0 -,0 15,5 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 22,7 4) -,0 -,0 15,4 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 22,4 4) -,0 -,0 15,3 4) -,0 -,0 10,3 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 22,2 -,0 -,0 15,1 4) -,0 -,0 10,2 4) -,0 -,0 6,6 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 16,8 -,0 14,9 4) -,0 -,0 10,1 4) -,0 -,0 6,5 4) -,0 -,0 3,6 4) -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 16,6 -,0 14,7 4) -,0 -,0 9,9 4) -,0 -,0 6,4 4) -,0 -,0 3,5 4) -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 16,4 -,0 14,5 4) -,0 -,0 9,8 4) -,0 -,0 6,4 4) -,0 -,0 3,4 4) -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 -,0 -,0 14,3 4) 12,7 -,0 9,6 4) -,0 -,0 6,3 4) -,0 -,0 3,4 4) -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 12,9 14,2 4) 12,5 -,0 9,5 4) -,0 -,0 6,2 4) -,0 -,0 3,3 4) -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 12,5 14,2 12,2 -,0 9,4 4) 9,0 -,0 6,1 4) -,0 -,0 3,2 4) -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 11,7 -,0 11,9 -,0 9,2 4) 8,8 -,0 6,0 4) -,0 -,0 3,1 4) -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,7 9,0 9,1 4) 8,7 -,0 6,0 4) 5,0 -,0 3,1 4) -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 11,4 8,9 9,0 4) 8,6 -,0 5,9 4) 5,0 -,0 3,0 4) -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,8 8,8 4) 8,4 -,0 5,8 4) 5,0 -,0 2,9 4) 2,4 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,2 8,7 4) 8,3 -,0 5,7 4) 4,9 -,0 2,9 4) 2,4 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,7 -,0 8,2 6,6 5,7 4) 4,9 -,0 2,8 4) 2,4 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,1 6,1 5,6 4) 4,9 -,0 2,8 4) 2,4 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,0 5,7 5,6 4) 4,9 -,0 2,8 4) 2,4 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,6 5,4 5,5 4) 4,9 4,0 2,7 4) 2,4 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,0 5,5 4) 4,9 4,0 2,7 4) 2,4 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,7 -,0 4,9 4,0 2,7 4) 2,4 1,7 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,4 -,0 4,8 4,0 2,7 4) 2,4 1,7 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 4,0 2,6 4) 2,4 1,7 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 3,7 2,6 4) 2,4 1,7 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,5 2,6 4) 2,4 1,7 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,3 -,0 2,4 1,7 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,1 -,0 2,4 1,7 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,4 1,7 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 1,7 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 82

Bemerkungen · Remarks · Remarques: Siehe Seite 24 · see page 24 · voir page 24

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:10 Uhr Seite 28

Tragfähigkeiten wippbarer Hilfsausleger, Hauptausleger 82° bis 65°


Lifting capacities luffing fly jib, main boom 82° to 65°
Capacités de levage fléchette à volée variable, flèche 82° jusqu’à 65°
76 t 360° DIN/ISO
50,8 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale
Ausladung Hilfsausleger · Fly jib · Fléchette Ausladung
Radius 20 m 32 m 44 m 54 m 65 m Radius
Portée 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° 82° 73° 65° Portée
1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
14 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 14
16 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 19,9 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 19,7 4) -,0 -,0 12,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 19,5 4) -,0 -,0 12,7 4) -,0 -,0 8,3 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 19,3 4) -,0 -,0 12,6 4) -,0 -,0 8,2 4) -,0 -,0 4,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,5 4) -,0 -,0 8,1 4) -,0 -,0 4,7 4) -,0 -,0 2,2 4) -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 14,1 -,0 12,4 4) -,0 -,0 7,9 4) -,0 -,0 4,7 4) -,0 -,0 2,2 4) -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 13,7 -,0 12,3 4) -,0 -,0 7,8 4) -,0 -,0 4,7 4) -,0 -,0 2,2 4) -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 13,3 -,0 12,2 4) 11,5 -,0 7,7 4) -,0 -,0 4,6 4) -,0 -,0 2,1 4) -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 -,0 -,0 12,1 4) 11,2 -,0 7,6 4) -,0 -,0 4,6 4) -,0 -,0 2,1 4) -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 10,2 12,0 4) 10,9 -,0 7,5 4) -,0 -,0 4,5 4) -,0 -,0 2,1 4) -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 9,9 -,0 10,6 -,0 7,4 4) 6,9 -,0 4,5 4) -,0 -,0 2,1 4) -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,3 -,0 7,3 4) 6,8 -,0 4,5 4) -,0 -,0 2,1 4) -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 10,1 -,0 7,3 4) 6,8 -,0 4,4 4) 3,4 -,0 2,1 4) -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 9,8 7,1 7,2 4) 6,7 -,0 4,4 4) 3,4 -,0 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 7,1 4) 6,6 -,0 4,4 4) 3,4 -,0 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,9 7,1 4) 6,5 -,0 4,4 4) 3,4 -,0 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,8 -,0 6,4 4,9 4,3 4) 3,4 -,0 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,3 4,8 4,3 4) 3,4 -,0 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,2 4,7 4,3 4) 3,4 -,0 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,1 4,5 4,3 4) 3,4 2,5 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,2 -,0 3,4 2,5 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,0 -,0 3,4 2,5 2,0 4) -,0 -,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,7 -,0 3,4 2,5 1,9 4) -,0 -,0 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,4 2,5 1,9 4) -,0 -,0 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 1,9 4) -,0 -,0 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 1,9 4) -,0 -,0 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,5 -,0 -,0 -,0 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 74
76 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 76

57,3 m3) Hauptausleger · Main boom · Flèche principale

1m t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 t,0 1m
16 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 16
18 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 18
20 13,9 4) -,0 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 20
22 13,5 4) -,0 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 22
24 13,1 4) -,0 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 4,9 4) -,0 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 24
26 12,9 -,0 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 4,9 4) -,0 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 26
28 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 4,8 4) -,0 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 28
30 -,0 9,9 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 4,7 4) -,0 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 30
32 -,0 9,8 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 4,6 4) -,0 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 32
34 -,0 9,7 -,0 8,0 4) -,0 -,0 4,6 4) -,0 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 34
36 -,0 -,0 -,0 8,0 4) 7,4 -,0 4,5 4) -,0 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 36
38 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,3 -,0 4,5 4) -,0 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 38
40 -,0 -,0 7,2 -,0 7,2 -,0 4,4 4) 3,7 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 40
42 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 7,1 -,0 4,4 4) 3,7 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 42
44 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 7,0 -,0 4,3 4) 3,7 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 44
46 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 6,9 5,1 4,3 4) 3,6 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 46
48 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 5,0 4,2 4) 3,6 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 48
50 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,9 -,0 3,6 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 50
52 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 4,8 -,0 3,6 -,0 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 52
54 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,6 2,3 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 54
56 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 3,5 2,3 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 56
58 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,3 1,8 4) -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 58
60 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 60
62 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 62
64 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 2,3 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 64
66 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 66
68 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 68
70 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 70
74 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 74
78 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 78
82 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 -,0 82

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:10 Uhr Seite 29

Arbeitsbereiche wippbarer Hilfsausleger, Hauptausleger 65°


Working ranges luffing fly jib, main boom 65°
Portées fléchette à volée variable, flèche 65°

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:10 Uhr Seite 30

Technische Beschreibung

Unterwagen
Antrieb/Lenkung: 12 x 6 x 8.
Rahmen: Eigengefertigter Kastenträgerrahmen mit geschlossenem Kastenprofil und integrierten Abstützkästen
aus hochfestem Feinkornbaustahl.
Abstützung: 4-Punkt-Abstützung, vollhydraulisch horizontal und vertikal auszufahrende Abstützungen.
Motor: Wassergekühlter 8-Zylinder Daimler-Benz Dieselmotor OM 502 LA, Leistung: 420 kW (570 PS) bei
1800 1/min, Drehmoment 2700 Nm bei 1100 1/min. Inhalt des Kraftstoffbehälters: 660 l.
Getriebe: Allison Typ CLBT 755 mit elektronischer Allison-Getriebesteuerung (ATEC), Drehmomentwandler und
hydraulischer Retarder. 2-Gang-Verteilergetriebe mit sperrbarem Differential.
Achsen: 2., 5. und 6. Achse angetrieben, 1., 2., 5. und 6. Achse lenkbar. Differentialsperren: 2., 5. und 6. Achse:
Quersperre, 5. Achse: Längssperre.
Federung: Alle Achsen hydropneumatisch gefedert und hydraulisch blockierbar.
Bereifung: 12-fach, 16.00 R 25, Scheibenräder 11.00 – 25/1,7.
Lenkung: 2-Kreis-Hydro-Halbblockierung (Halbblocklenkung).
Bremsen: nach EG-Richtlinien.
Elektrische Anlage: Betriebsspannung 24 V.
Fahrerkabine: Elastisch gelagerte Low-Line-Kabine aus Stahlblech, Fahrer- und 1 Beifahrersitz sowie alle erforderlichen
Einrichtungen.

Oberwagen
Motor: Wassergekühlter 6-Zylinder Daimler-Benz Dieselmotor OM 366 LA, Leistung: 171 kW (233 PS) bei
2400 1/min, Drehmoment 750 Nm bei 1400-1700 1/min. Inhalt des Kraftstoffbehälters: 300 l.
Hydraulikanlage: 3 leistungsgeregelte Axialkolben-Verstellpumpen und 1 Konstantpumpe für 3 hydraulische
Arbeitskreise und 3 gleichzeitige Arbeitsbewegungen, 1 Konstantpumpe für die Niederdruck-
Servosteuerung.
Hubwerk: Axialkolben-Verstellmotor, Hubwerkstrommel mit integriertem Planetengetriebe und Bremse.
Drehwerk: Axialkolbenmotor mit Planetengetriebe, Fußbremse und federbelasteter Haltebremse.
Wippwerk: 1 Differentialzylinder mit vorgesteuertem Senk-Bremsventil.
Steuerung: Elektrische Vorsteuerung mit zwei 4-fach Handsteuerhebeln, selbstzentrierend.
Krankabine: Großräumige Ganzstahl-Komfortkabine (kippbar) mit Schiebetür und großem ausstellbarem Front-
fenster, Dachfenster mit Sicherheitsglas, Betätigungs- und Kontrollinstrumente für alle Kranfunktionen,
Komfortsitz mit ergonomisch angeordneter Armlehnensteuerung, Arbeitsscheinwerfer. Motor-
unabhängige Warmwasserheizung mit Zeitschaltuhr und Heizmatic für fein dosierte
Warmluftverteilung. Scheibenwischer mit Intervallschaltung und Scheibenwaschanlage.
Stützkraftanzeige: Anzeige der Stützkräfte in der Oberwagenkabine.
Hauptausleger: Grundkasten und 4 Teleskope aus Feinkornbaustahl hydraulisch teleskopierbar auf volle Auslegerlänge.
Beulsteifer Demag-Ovaloidquerschnitt mit diagonal zentrierenden Gleitschuhen, Rollenkopf und
Befestigungsteilen für die Hauptauslegerverlängerung und Hilfsausleger, hydraulische Verriegelung
der Teleskope.
Gegengewicht: 53 t, bestehend aus: 1 Grundplatte à 5,8 t und 4 Platten à 11 t und Hubwerk II bzw. Ersatzgewicht für
Hubwerk II.
Sicherheitseinrichtungen: Elektronischer Lastmomentbegrenzer mit großflächigem Graphik-Display und Folientastatur sowie
digitaler Anzeige für Hakenlast, Nenntraglast, Auslegerlänge und -winkel, Ausladung. Analoge Aus-
lastungsanzeige und Anzeigecode für defekte Baugruppen. Integriertes Teleskopier-Leitsystem sowie
Anzeige von Traglasttabellen und rechnerischen Stützkräften. Außerdem sind folgende
Sicherheitseinrichtungen eingebaut: Hub- und Senkendschaltung, Druckbegrenzungsventile,
Rohrbruchsicherungen, Hubwerkdrehmelder und Windmeßanlage.

Zusatzausrüstung
Antrieb: 12 x 8. Zusätzlich 3. Achse angetrieben.
Anhängerkupplung: Rockinger Kupplung, D-Wert = 120 kN mit Anschlußleitungen oder Ringfeder-Kupplung,
D-Wert = 190 kN mit Anschlußleitungen.
Elektr. Wirbelstrombremse: Wirbelstrombremse als zusätzliche Dauerbremse.
Standheizung: motorunabhängige Warmwasserheizung für die Unterwagenkabine.
Klappbett: Unterwagenkabine mit Klappbett.
Unabhängige Hinterachs- Die Hinterachsen können unabhängig von den Vorderachsen eingeschlagen werden.
lenkung (Hundegang): Die 3. und 4. Achse werden hydraulisch angehoben.
Superlift-Einrichtung: Diese lastmomentsteigernde Einrichtung besteht aus der Auslegerabspannvorrichtung und einem
Zusatzgegengewicht von 48 t. Die Auslegerabspannvorrichtung mit automatischem Seilausgleich
beim Teleskopieren wird bei Nichtverwendung und beim Transport auf dem Ausleger abgelegt.
Die rückwärtige Abspannung besteht aus Stangen, die sich beim Ablegen automatisch in Transport-
position falten.
Hauptauslegerverlängerung: 10,7 m und 21,7 m, Gitterkonstruktion, Neigung zum Hauptausleger 0° und 20°, 10,7 m seitlich klappbar.
Wippbarer Hilfsausleger: 20-65 m, mit Wippstütze und 3 m Adapter, Abspannstangen, elektrische Installation, Sicherheits-
einrichtung (für den Einsatz des wippbaren Hilfsauslegers ist das Hubwerk II erforderlich).
Durchschwenkradius mit Wippseiltraverse 6,73 m.
Starrer Hilfsausleger: 20-41 m, bestehend aus Teilen des wippbaren Hilfsauslegers und 3 m Adapter.
Neigungsverstellung: 20-41 m: 3° und 20° zum Hauptausleger.
Zusatzgegengewicht: 48 t, bestehend aus 4 Platten, Anbau ohne Hilfskran. Durchschwenkradius 6 m mit Hubwerk II.
Zusatzabstützung: Für Sondertraglasten mit 14,7 m Hauptausleger.
Hubwerk II: Bei Einbau eines 2. Hubwerks entfällt die Umscherung bei Einsatz eines Hilfsauslegers. Für den wipp-
baren Hilfsausleger ist das 2. Hubwerk zur Betätigung des Wippwerkes unbedingt erforderlich. Antrieb
durch Axialkolben-Verstellmotor, Hubwerkstrommel mit integriertem Planetengetriebe und Bremse

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:10 Uhr Seite 31

Technical description

Carrier
Drive/Steering: 12 x 6 x 8.
Frame: Demag-built monobox main frame with outrigger boxes integral, of high strength fine grain structural
steel.
Outriggers: 4-point outrigger system, fully hydraulic horizontal and vertical extension.
Engine: Water-cooled 8-cylinder Daimler-Benz diesel engine OM 502 LA, output 420 kW (570 hp) at 1800 1/min,
torque 2700 Nm at 1100 1/min. Fuel tank capacity: 660 l.
Transmission: Allison type CLBT 755 with electronic transmission control (ATEC), torque converter and hydraulic
retarder. Dual-range transfer case with differential lockout control.
Axles: Axles 2, 5 and 6 driven, 1, 2, 5 and 6 steering. Differential lockout control: axles 2, 5 and 6: transverse
lockout control, 5th axle: longitudinal lockout control.
Suspension: Hydropneumatic suspension on all axles, all axles hydraulically blockable.
Wheels and tyres: 12 disk-type wheels 11.0 – 25/1,7 fitted with 16.00 R 25 tyres.
Steering: Dual-circuit semiblock mechanical steering with hydraulic booster.
Brakes: to EC directives.
Electrical equipment: 24 V system.
Driver’s cab: Rubber-mounted all steel low-line cab, driver’s and 1 mate’s seat, full instrumentation and carrier controls.

Superstructure
Engine: Daimler Benz OM 366 LA water-cooled 6-cylinder diesel engine, rating: 171 kW (233 hp) at 2400 1/min,
torque 750 Nm at 1400-1700 1/min. Fuel tank capacity: 300 l.
Hydraulic system: 3 variable-displacement axial-piston pumps with automatic power control and 1 fixed-displacement
pump to provide 3 hydraulic working circuits and 3 simultaneous working movements, 1 fixed-displace-
ment pump for the low pressure servo control.
Hoist: Variable-displacement axial-piston hydraulic motor, hoist drum with integral planetary gear reducer
and brake.
Slew unit: Axial-piston hydraulic motor with planetary gear reducer, foot-pedal operated brake and spring-
applied holding brake.
Boom elevation: One differential cylinder with pilot-controlled lowering brake valve.
Control: Electric pilot control by two 4-way self-centering hand levers.
Crane cab: Spacious all-steel comfortable cab (tiltable) with sliding door and large hinged windscreen, roof
window with armoured glass, full instrumentation and crane controls, comfortable seat with ergo-
nomic armrest mounted joystick controls, working light. Self-contained hot water heater with timer
and ’Heizmatic’ for sensitive heat flow control. Intermittent control window wiper and washer.
Outrigger loading indicator: Indication of outrigger loading in the upper cabin.
Main boom: Boom base and 4 telescopic sections, fabricated from fine grain structural steel, hydraulically telescoping
to full boom length. Buckling-resistant Demag ovaloid design with diagonal self centering slider shoes,
boom head incl. parts to fit the optional jibs and foldaway extension, boom sections pinned
hydraulically.
Counterweight: 53 t, comprising of: 1 tray 5.8 t and 4 sections 11 t each and hoist II or equivalent weight for hoist II.
Safety devices: Electronic safe load indicator with easy-to-read graphic display and sealed touch-type keyboard, and
digital read-out for hook load, nominal load, radius, boom length and angle. Analog display to indicate
capacity utilization and monitoring code to assist in trouble shooting. Integrated read-out for boom
telescoping, display for duty charts and theoretical outrigger loading. In addition, the following safety,
devices have been installed: limit switches on hoist and lowering motions, pressure relief and safety
holding valves, hoist rotation indicator and anemometer.

Optional equipment
Drive: 12 x 8. 3rd axle driven in addition.
Tow coupling: Rockinger coupling. D-value = 120 kN with connections, or Ringfeder coupling, D-value = 190 kN with
connections.
Electric eddy-current brake: Eddy-current brake serves as additional sustained action brake.
Night heater: Self-contained hot water heater for carrier cab.
Bunk bed: Carrier cab with bunk bed.
Independent rear axle The rear axles can be steered independent of the front axles. 3rd and 4th axles are raised hydraulically.
steering (crab steer):
Superlift attachment: This attachment is used to increase the crane’s load moment. It consists of the boom suspension system
and a 48 t additional counterweight. The boom suspension provides for an automatic rope length
adjustment for boom telescoping and is lowered to the main boom when not needed or for road
transport. The rear suspension consists of bars, which fold automatically into transport position when
lowered to the boom.
Main boom extension: 10.7 m and 21.7 m, lattice structure, 0° and 20° offset, 10.7 m extension folds alongside boom base.
Luffing jib: 20-65 m, with luffing mast and 3 m adapter, pendant bars, electrical equipment and safety devices
(the 2nd hoist drum is required when using the luffing fly jib). Tail swing incl. luffing bridle is 6.73 m.
Fixed fly jib: 20-41 m, consisting of components taken from the luffing jib. Offset with 20-41 m jib: 3° and 20°.
Additional counterweight: 48 t, comprising of 4 sections, installed by the crane itself. Tail swing incl. hoist II is 6 m.
Additional jack leg: For special duties with 14.7 m main boom.
Hoist II: Avoids re-reeving of hoist line when using the optional fly jibs. It is indispensable for fly jib luffing.
Powered by variable displacement axial piston motor, hoist drum with integral planetary gear reducer
and brake incl. ropes.

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


AC 300 04/99 29.06.1999 13:10 Uhr Seite 32

Descriptif technique

Châssis
Entraînement/direction: 12 x 6 x 8.
Cadre-châssis: Construction Demag sous forme de caissons soudée fermée, comprenant les logements des poutres
de calage, réalisée en tôle d’acier de construction de haute résistance à grains fins.
Calage: 4 poutres extractibles hydrauliquement et 4 vérins verticaux.
Moteur: Daimler-Benz diesel OM 502 LA, 8 cylindres, refroidi par eau, puissance 420 kW (570 CV) à 1800 1/min,
couple 2700 Nm à 1100 1/min. Réservoir de carburant: 660 l.
Transmission: Allison type CLBT 755 à commande électronique (ATEC), convertisseur de couple et ralentisseur
hydraulique. Boîte de transfert à 2 rapports avec blocage du differentiel.
Essieux: Essieux 2, 5 et 6 sont moteurs, essieux 1, 2, 5 et 6 sont directeurs. Différentiels verrouillables: essieux 2,
5 et 6: verrouillage transversal, essieu 5: verrouillage longitudinal.
Suspension: Suspension hydropneumatique sur tous les essieux avec blocage hydraulique.
Roues et pneumatiques: 12 pneus 16.00 R 25 sur des jantes 11.00-25/1,7.
Direction: Direction à servo-commande hydraulique, du type demi-bloc, à double circuit.
Freinage: Selon normes CE.
Installation électrique: Système 24 volts.
Cabine châssis: Cabine surbaissée à deux places, en tôle d’acier, à suspension élastique, avec toutes les commandes
et instruments de bord.

Partie supérieure
Moteur: Moteur diesel 6 cylindres Daimler-Benz OM 366 LA, à refroidissement par eau, puissance: 171 kW
(233 CV) à 2400 1/min, couple 750 Nm à 1400-1700 1/min. Réservoir de carburant: 300 l.
Installation hydraulique: 3 pompes hydrauliques à pistons axiaux et à débit variable, à régulation automatique, et 1 pompe
à débit constant, soit 3 circuits indépendants permettant 3 mouvements simultanés, 1 pompe à débit
constant qui alimente le circuit basse pression de contrôle.
Mécanisme de levage: Moteur à pistons axiaux et à débit variable, tambour avec réducteur à planétaires intégré et frein.
Mécanisme d’orientation: Moteur à pistons axiaux avec réducteur à planétaires, frein à pédale et frein de stationnement à ressorts.
Mécanisme de relevage: 1 vérin différentiel. Descente contrôlée par moyen d’un bloc de freinage piloté.
Commande: Pilotage électrique par des leviers à commande croisée, à rappel automatique.
Cabine grue: Cabine tout en acier, spacieuse et confortable (basculable) avec porte coulissante et pare-brise
panoramique relevable, fenêtre de toit en verre blindé, instruments de commande et de contrôle,
siège confortable avec console-accoudoir ergonomique, projecteur de travail. Chauffage autonome
à eau avec interrupteur à minuterie et ’Heizmatic’ assurant une distribution d’air chaud sensible.
Essuie-glace à marche intermittente et lave-glace.
Indicateur de force de calage: Indicateur de force de calage dans la cabine supérieure.
Flèche principale: Caisson de base et 4 éléments télescopiques, en tôle d’acier de construction à grains fins, télescopage
hydraulique de toute la longueur de flèche. Profil Demag à haute résistance avec patins de guidage
diagonaux à réglage automatique, tête de flèche avec éléments de montage pour la rallonge et les
fléchettes, verrouillage hydraulique des éléments télescopiques.
Contrepoids: 53 t, constitué de: 1 support de contrepoids de 5,8 t et 4 plaques de 11 t chacune et treuil II ou poids
équivalent pour treuil II.
Sécurités: Contrôleur d’état de charge électronique, clavier anti-poussière et écran à affichage indiquant la charge
au crochet, la charge nominale, la portée, la longueur et l’angle de flèche. Indicateur analogique du
degré d’utilisation et indicateur de défaut par code. Indicateur intégré de télescopage et indicateur des
tableaux de charges et des forces de calage théoriques. De plus, les sécurités suivantes on été installées:
limiteurs de fin de course haut et bas, soupapes de limitation de pression, soupapes de sécurité de
rupture de conduite hydraulique, contrôleur de rotation du treuil et anémomètre.

Equipements optionnels
Entraînement: 12 x 8. Essieu 3 moteur en supplément.
Accouplement de remorque: Accouplement de 120 kN, type Rockinger, avec raccords, ou accouplement de 190 kN, type Ringfeder,
avec raccords.
Ralentisseur électrique: Ralentisseur électrique servant de frein continu supplémentaire.
Chauffage de cabine à l’arrêt: Chauffage autonome à eau pour la cabine châssis.
Lit pliant: Cabine châssis avec lit pliant.
Direction indépendante Les essieux AR peuvent être dirigés séparément. Les essieux 3 et 4 sont soulevés hydrauliquement.
des essieux AR
(marche en crabe):
Equipement Superlift: Cet équipement, destiné à augmenter le couple de charge, est composé d’un haubanage de flèche et
d’un contrepoids supplémentaire de 48 t. Le mât de haubanage avec dispositif de compensation en
fonction de la longueur télescopée de la flèche peut être couché sur la flèche en cas de non-utilisation
ou pour le transport. Le haubanage arrière est composé des barres se pliant automatiquement en
position transport lorsqu’il est abaissé.
Rallonge de flèche: 10,7 m et 21,7 m, type treillis, inclinaison 0° et 20°, 10,7 m repliable sur le côté.
Fléchette à volée variable: 20-65 m, avec mât de relevage et pièce adaptatrice de 3 m, barres de suspension, installation électrique,
sécurités (le treuil de levage II est indispensable pour l’emploi de la volée variable). Rayon de giration
AR y compris jeu de poulies pour variation de volée: 6,73 m.
Fléchette fixe: 20-41 m, composée des éléments de la volée variable. Inclinaison: 3° et 20°.
Contrepoids supplémentaire: 48 t, composé de 4 plaques, montage sans moyens auxiliaires. Rayon de giration AR y compris treuil II: 6 m.
Calage supplémentaire: Pour levages particuliers avec 14,7 m de flèche.
Treuil II: Le treuil II permet de travailler sur fléchette sans changement de mouflage. Treuil II est indispensable
pour l’emploi de la volée variable. Entraînement par moteur hydraulique à pistons axiaux et à débit
variable, tambour avec réducteur à planétaires intégré, frein et câbles.
Änderungen vorbehalten! · Subject to change without notice! · Sous réserve de modification! 04 / 99

MAIN MENU Inhalt Contents Contenu


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

DEMAG AC300

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 1


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

First 300t crane on 6 axles

Excellent lifting capacities

Enhanced ovaloid boom profile plus new “DEMAG-UNIMEC” telescopic system

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 2


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

Highlights:

300t maximum capacity

59m boom length

10.7/21m folding jib

20 - 41m fixed jib

20 - 65m luffing jib

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 3


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

Carrier length:

AC 300 14662mm

LTM 1300 16080mm

GMK 6250 15370mm

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 4


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

Compact outrigger base

AC300 8.4mx8.5m

LTM1300 10mx9.9m

GMK6250 8.7mx8.5m
Carrier engine

AC300 550hp/72t 7.64hp/t

LTM1300 570hp/84t 6.79hp/t

GMK6250 570hp/72t 7.91hp/t

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 5


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

Transmission

AC300 GMK6250 LTM1300


ZF-Transmatik transmission Allison automatic gearbox
with converter

16 speed synchromesh 5 forward speeds and 1 reverse


gearbox

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 6


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

- excellent travel behaviour


ristic with 4-circuit suspen-
sion system

- hydropneumatic suspen-
sion on all axles

- all axles hydraulically


blockable

- crab-steering capability

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 7


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 8


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

New “DEMAG-UNIMEC” telescopic system,


Enhanced Demag ovaloid boom profile

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 9


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

capacity comparison AC250(=AC665) - AC300

main boom and main boom with Superlift

AC300 AC250

Radius (m):
3 300t 250t
10 83.5t 72t
14 61t 49.5t
20 38.5t 32.5t
30 22.2t 19.1t
40 14.4t 11.9t
50 9.5t 7.7t

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 10


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

Excellent capacities in all configurations:

main boom
AC300 GMK6250 LTM1300
boom length 14.7m 15.5m 15.5m

Radius (m):
3 300t 250t 300t
4 181t 176t 237t
10 83.5t 82t 109t

boom length 24.6m 26.6m 26m

Radius (m):
5 140t 115t 150t
10 82.5t 79t 96t
14 60t 54.5t 71t
20 38.5t 37t 44.5t

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 11


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

main boom
AC300 GMK6250 LTM1300
boom length 44.5m 44m 46.9m

Radius (m):
8 58t 48t 59t
10 54.5t 48t 53t
20 32t 30.5t 33t
30 21.2t 19.8t 22.4t
40 12t 10.9t 16t

boom length 59m 60m 60m

Radius (m):
12 28t 24t 33t
20 24.2t 24t 24.7t
30 17.7t 17.1t 17.5t
40 12.8t 12.2t 13.1t
50 9.5t 8.8t 9.7t

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 12


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

main boom with Superlift


AC300 GMK6250 LTM1300
boom length 44.5m 44m 46.9m

Radius (m):
8 64t 48t 55t
10 59.8t 48t 55t
20 36.5t 30.5t 39.5t
30 21.9t 19.8t 26.5t

boom length 59m 60m 60m

Radius (m):
12 28t 24t 24t
20 24.2t 24t 24t
30 17.7t 17.1t 21.6t
40 12.8t 12.2t 16.6t
50 9.5t 8.8t 11.7t

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 13


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

luffing jib
AC300 GMK6250 LTM1300
boom+adapter 37.5m 39.9m 39.1m
luffer 20m 21m 21m
Radius (m):
14 34t 26.5t 27.6t
18 32t 26.5t 26.8t
20 31t 26.5t 26.4t
22 30.5t 24t 26t

boom+adapter 57.3m 57.6m 55.6m


luffer 44m 45m 49m
Radius (m):
24 4.6t 3.5t 3.5t
30 4.4t 3.5t 3.4t
36 4.2t 3.5t 3.2t
40 4.2t 3.5t 3.1t
48 4.0t 3.5t 3.0t

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 14


DEMAG AC300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane in the market

AC300 - Advantages

- compact carrier

- crab steering

- enhanced ovaloid boom profile

- new “DEMAG-UNIMEC” telescopic system

- high lifting capacities

- SWSL next to come

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 15


Innovation made by Mannesmann Dematic

Demag AC 300
The most powerful 6-axle all-terrain crane

07.09.00 8329 Marketing 16


Technische Schulung AC 300
Teleskopausleger

Gripping
device

pinning

Locking and pinning


cylinder

Telecylinder

LPD

Locking pin

Teleausleger.doc Sucher 8333.2 06.10.98 1


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

Table of contents

1. General observations on the new one-cylinder boom cross


section system

2. Structure of the boom

3. Telescoping monitoring system

4. Short description and function of locking and pinning unit


(LPU)

5. Procedure for locking and unpinning

6. Procedure for pinning and unlocking

7. Telescoping example - from 4 x 0 % to 4x 100 %

8. Telescoping example from 4x 100% to 90 / 90 / 45 / 45

9. Electric circuits for locking and unpinning T1 with relay


status table

10. Electric circuits for pinning and unlocking T1 with relay


status table

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 1


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

1. General observations
The redesign of the AC 665 includes a new boom cross section and a new
telescoping system.

The advantages and disadvantages of the new 1-cylinder system are presented
below:

Advantages Disadvantages

More convenient head weight Increased telescoping time

Central locking system with mechanical logic Increased telescoping power

Price advantage Edges more problematic

User-friendly operation/easy to service New technology must be learnt

Single system for cranes over 100 t Adjusting the front bearing
shoes

Higher and wider 4th inner boom section

Large reduction in number of hatchet-type


braces and discs

Front mounting 500 mm shorter overall

Front narrower

Reduced deformation in high position

Optics

Diminished heat disrortion during manufacture

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 2


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system
2. Structure of the boom
The boom consists of the basic boom section and four inner sections (ISs). The
basic length is 14.7 m and 59m when fully extended. Each additional boom
section is 11.1m long; in the basic length the LPU ( Locking and Pinning Unit )
can be telescoped from the 1st to the 4th inner section ( 0.9m ). When extending
the unit, a mechanical end limiter is actuated. The inner sections are locked to
the boom section into which they fit using spring-mounted bolts which are
attached at the rear on the top.

A telescopic cylinder connected to the basic boom section on the cylinder side
holds the LPU, which is connected to the rod side by means of the draw bars. At
basic length, the LPU is on a level with the rear holders of the inner sections and
can be brought into locking position with any of the boom sections by telescoping
in and out. The desired inner section is then locked, unpinned and telescoped to
the appropriate length, once again pinned and unlocked. The LPU, released
through this manoeuvre, can now be moved on to the next boom section.
Electrics and hydraulics are provided by means of the inner cable line from the
basic section to the LPU. The boom length and the angle of the main boom to foot
is recorded by a length/angle transducer 221 (on front left side of basic boom
section), LPU extension is recorded by means of length transducer 105/6 ( fixed to
the underside of the basic boom section at the rear); main boom head angle is
recorded by means of an angle transducer in the main boom head. A further cable
drum on the basic section guarantees the electric connection to the 4th IS.

The following feature amongst the boom attributes

Length 1 Total length

Length 2 LPU length extended

Angle - main boom foot

Angle - main boom head

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 3


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

3. Telescoping surveillance system


The surveillance system for telescoping, locking and pinning of the boom
prevents mistakes during operation therefore increases crane safety.

On the one hand it monitors and controls the telescoping process as well as
locking and pinning, and shows on the other the present operational condition of
the boom.

The monitoring system is made up of the following components:

➨ Control and information unit with display for present operational


condition ( ECIS ) and the length sensors for measuring boom length.

The control and information unit is a part of the electronic safety


system and is controlled from a central computer.

A display for the ECIS system is integrated into the crane operator's cabin.

By means of this display, the crane operator receives instructions as to the


order in which the ISs are to be telescoped in order to reach the desired
length, as well as current telescoped condition as a percentage and the
locking and pinning status of the individual ISs.

In accordance with the ECIS, the boom sections can only be telescoped in
and out in a specific order when one follows the instructions of the tele-
assistant. Assuming the sections are nonetheless telescoped in a different
order, the last instruction remains on the screen and is not replaced until
the correct order is once again observed.

➨ Control electrics for locking and pinning :

- Proximity switches for establishing locking and pinning positions

- Proximity switches for status recognition

- Relays for controlling current for locking and pinning

- Solenoid valves for activating locking and pinning hydraulics

- Switches and indicator lamps for actuation and status signal

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 4


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

The control electrics are part of the superstructure electrics for which the
main assemblies are the switch cabinet X2, the distribution box on the main
boom head, the display for the ECIS system and the SPS.

The present positions of the boom sections are processed in the SPS via both
digital and analogue inputs with the appropriate signals being sent on to
the ECIS and control electrics respectively.

Pinning and locking are carried out according to the instruction selected. On
reaching the exact position, the locking and pinning solenoids valves are
automatically released.

The operating elements for pre-selecting pinning/locking are included in the


dashboard panel as buttons with integrated indicator lights.

Two indicator lights show the status of the approach and / or pass
orientation, thereby showing telescoping direction.

For pinned/unlocked, there is only one button for all four boom sections as
only that section can be pinned which is already locked by means of the
LPU. Each boom section is provided with its own button for
locked/unpinned.

It is possible to select locked/unpinned for all boom sections simultaneously


whereby the first boom section to be reaches by the LPU will be locked. Position
sensors for locking thus supply information to both locking system and boom
section recognition.

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 5


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

4. Short description and function of LPU


The LPU consists of a basic frame which can be moved back and forth along the
telescopinc cylinder tube as desired. Two locking pins which are slid horizontally
across the frame by sliding guides serve to mechanically lock the LPU to the
boom section in question. A snipper which works on the same principle in the
vertical takes care of pinning and unpinning. The vertical and horizontal
versions of the sliding guides are constructed so that first the locking and then
the unpinning procedure can take place (or vice versa). The guides are activated
by two hydraulic cylinders connected at the piston side which, (according to the
particular operation) are both activated simultaneously by means of a so-called
electrical trick switch.

Procedure for locking / unpinning

1. Piston side locking cylinder ( Y5104A ) and rod side


pinning cylinder( Y5106B )

2. Piston side locking cylinder ( Y5104A ) and piston side pinning cylinder
( Y5106A )

Procedure for pinning / unlocking

1. Rod side pinning cylinder ( Y5106B ) and piston side locking cylinder
( Y5104A )

2. Rod side pinning cylinder ( Y5106B ) and rod side locking cylinder
( Y5104B )

In the locking / unpinning procedure Y 5104A remains active to the end. In the
pinning and unlocking procedure Y5106B does likewise. This guarantees the
electrical and hydraulic safety of the procedure.

A total of 8 proximity switches are located on the LPU with four groups of two on
the left and right respectively detect the approach and pass position of the
locking device as well as recognition of the boom section in question. Three
further proximity switches monitor the position of the guide block and thereby
the status of both locking and pinning. The following circuit combinations are
possible in the LPU:

S5104 concurrently with S5105 ➨ Status pinned and unlocked

S5104 concurrently with S5106 ➨ Status already locked, but still


pinned, or already pinned, but still
locked ( depending upon procedure)
AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 6
Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

S5106 concurrently with S5105 ➨ Status locked and unpinned

S5105 indicates final position: when activated with S5104 as pinned, or when
activated with S5106 as locked.

The procedures for locking / unpinning and pinning/ unlocking can only be
initiated when the appropriate position is reached.

Monitoring of positioning for pinning and unpinning is carried out by two


proximity switches, which are located on the upper rear support; shift plates
which correspond to these are located in the previous boom section i.e.:

Proximity switch pinning position tele 1 in 1st IS. ➨ switch window in basic
boom section

Proximity switch pinning position tele 2 in 2nd IS. ➨ switch window in 1st IS.

Proximity switch pinning position tele 3 in 3rd IS. ➨ switch window in 2nd IS.

Proximity switch pinning position tele 4 in 4th IS. ➨ switch window in 3rd IS.

Electricity for the proximity switches in the respective inner sections is provided
by spring mounted tappets ( 1 x positive, 2x negative) on conductor rails.

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 7


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

5. Procedure for locking / unpinning


In the basic length position the appropriate length code must be fed into the
ECIS console. The teleinformation system will then give information as to
present and desired main boom length. Depending on LPU positioning, a
command to telescope in or out will appear on the screen in order to send the
LPU to the appropriate inner section. The green button T1-T4 is illuminated and
the locked/unpinned buttons T1,T2,T3,T4 are not illuminated. Next, when the
LPU approaches the inner section desired, the ECIS will give the command to
select the locked/unpinned button. This button now starts to flash. When the
approach position is reached the driver is given the instruction to either telescope
in or out by means of the directional lamps which will light up. If the high range
has been selected, this will be deactivated and telescoping speed reduced. If both
approach and pass positions have been reached, the boom section will first be
locked. Once this procedure is finished, the green button will be extinguished
whilst the blue button will continue to flash. The switch-over to monitoring the
approach and pass positions for the next unpinning procedure now follows in the
place of the locking position. The command to telescope either in or out will now
appear on the direction indicator, and when the exact position is reached the
boom section will be unpinned. The blue button remains illuminated to show that
this is complete.

6. Procedure for pinning / unlocking


Subsequent to the procedure described above, the locked and unpinned inner
section is now telescoped to the appropriate pinning bore. Some 6% before
reaching the bore the teleinfo system gives the command to press the pin and
unlock button. This button (green) flashes. On reaching the approach position,
the high range is immediately cut off and the tele speed reduction actuated. The
direction indicator shows the direction of telescoping. If the pass-position has also
been reached, the boom section will be pinned; both direction indicators and the
blue button light goes out with the position indicator being automatically
switched over to the unlocking procedure. With one position already reached, the
exact position for unlocking is reached by telescoping in the right direction. When
this is reached, both direction lights will come on simultaneously for a short time,
the unlocking procedure will be carried out, the position lights go out and the
green button lights up.

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 8


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

7. Telescoping example

T1 to T4 from 4x 0 % to T1 to T4 from 4x 100 % to


4x 100% 90/90/45/45
1. Telescope LPU to T4 locking position 1. Telescope LPU into T1 locking
position
2. Lock and unpin T4 2. Lock and unpin T1
3. Telescope LPU and T4 out to 100 %. 3. Telescope T1 in to 0 %
4. Pin and unlock T4 4. Pin and unlock T1
5. Telescope LPU in to T3 locking 5. Lock LPU to T2 and unpin
position.
6. Lock and unpin T3 6. Telescope T2 in to 0 %
7. Telescope LPU and T3 out to 100 %. 7. Pin and unlock T2
8. Pin and unlock T3 8. Lock and unpin LPU on T3
9. Telescope LPU in to T2 locking 9. Telescope T3 to 0 %
position.
10. Lock and unpin T2 10. Pin and unlock T3
11. Telescope LPU and T2 out to 100 % 11. Lock and unpin LPU to T4
12. Pin and unlock T2 12. Telescope T4 to 45 %
13. Telescope LPU in to T1 locking 13. Pin and unlock T4
position
14. Lock and unpin T1 14. Lock and unpin LPU on T3
15. Telescope LPU and T1 out to 100 15. Telescope T3 to 45 %
%..
16. Pin and unlock T1 16. Pin and unlock T3
17. Lock and unpin LPU to/from T2
18. Telescope T2 to 90 %
19. Pin and unlock T2
20. Lock and unpin LPU to/from T1
21. Telescope T1 to 90 %
22. Pin and unlock T1

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 9


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

8. Electrical circuits for locking and unpinning T1


with relay status table

The electrical controls for the individual procedures correspond to those for tele 1.

8.1. Status pinned and unlocked

S 5104 ( 58.6 ) tripped ➨ K 5104.1 ( 58.5 ) activated, K 5104 is sealed in


( 58.6 ) via disengagedK 503 ( 58.6 ).

S 5105 (58.9 ) tripped ➨ K 504 ( 58.9 )picked up via switched K 5104.1 (58.9 )

Green light (63.1 ) stays on via K 504 ( 63.2 )

8.2. Status pre-select lock and unpin

S 519 (64.2 ) actuated, K 519 ( 64.2 ) activated, is sealed in via unconnected


K 5044 ( 64.3 )

K 500.5 (62.4 ) activated ( flasher relay)

K 500.1 ( 62.8 ) and K 500.2 (62.10 ) switch to flasher operation, blue light
(64.5 ) is lit up

Pre-selection of several locking and unpinning processes possible; cancel using


reset button

8.3. Status moving to approach position for locking and unpinning

S 5111 ( 59.2 ) tripped, K 5110 ( 59.4 ) activated

K 519 ( 59.2 ) activated; as result of disengaged K 5106 ( 60.10 ) approach


position light is lit up

K 501 (61.11 ) activated and K 35 ( 61.11 ) activated ( tele speed reduction)

8.4. Moving to approach position and pass position

S 5112 ( 59.6 ) tripped by means of switched K 519 (59.6 )

As a result of disengaged K 5106 ( 60.4 ) pass position light is lit up

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 10


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system
Via already switched K 501 ( 61.15 ) and disengaged K 505 ( 62.2 ) K 503.1
( 62.1 ) and K 503 ( 62.2 ) are activated

Thereby Y 5106.B ( 63.11 ) and Y 5104.A ( 63.12 ) are switched and the locking
procedure is initiated

8.5. Locking procedures

S 5104 ( 58.6 ) tripped

S 5105 ( 58.9 ) no longer tripped, K504 ( 58.9 ) drops out, green light goes out

S 5106 ( 58.13 ) tripped, K 5106.1 ( 62.3 ) and K 505 ( 62.3 ) activated,

K 503.1 ( 63.12 ) is tripped from the pre-select chain via the not yet switched
K 5106 ( 63.12 ). Y 5104.A ( 63.12 ) and Y 5106.A (63.11 )

K 505 ( 62.2 ) briefly deactivates ( 0.5 sec ) K 503.1 (62.1 ) and K 503 ( 62.2 )

K 5106 (58.13 ) self-locks and activates K 5106.2 (58.14 ), K 5086 ( 63.6 ),


Y 5104A ( 63.12 ) and Y 5106A ( 63.13 ) are activated via the pre-select chain

Initiating the unpinning procedure

8.6. Unpinning procedures

S 5104 ( 58.6 ) no longer activated, K 5104.1 ( 58.5 ) and K 5104 ( 58.6 ) drop
out and activate K 5086 ( 63.6 ),
thereby the direction indicator switches over from locking to unpinning
S 5105 ( 58.9 ) tripped, the switched K 5106.1 (58.10 ) activates K 5044
( 58.10 ), thereby releasing sealing in of K 519 (64.2 ).
Drop out of the K 519 ( 59.6 ) relay leaves the approach and pass position
locking chain disconnected and switch-over now occurs by means of the
switched K 5086 (61.3 ) as well as the display for pinning approach and pass
position. Concurrently L 519 (64.1)is without current, K 500.5 ( 64.4 ), K 500.1
( 62.8 ) and K 500.2 ( 62.10 )disengage in the absence of voltage, by means of
which the solenoid valves Y5104.A ( 63.12 ) and Y 5106.A ( 63.13 ) are no
longer deactivated
Blue light( 64.5 ) on

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 11


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system
8.7. Relay status table: locking and unpinning procedure
Selection: Move to pre-
Compon Status: pinned Move to pre & Transition Locking Transition Unpinning
lock and position
ent and unlocked
unpin lock / unpin
past position al position procedure al position procedure

S 5104 X X X X X X - -
S 5105 X X X X - - - X
S 5106 - - - - - X X X
S5111
(21,31,41) - - X X X X X X
S5112
(22,32,42) - - - X X X X X
S 519 - X - - - - - -
K 35 - - X X X X X X
K 500.1 - X X X X X X X
K 500.2 - X X X X X X X
K 500.5 - X X X X X X X
K 501 - - X X X X X X
Short drop-
K 503 - - - X X out X -
Short drop-
K 503.1 - - - X X out
X X
K 504 X X X X - - - -
K 505 - - - - - X - -
(t= o,5s)

K 508 - - - - - - - -
K 519
(29,39,49) - X X X X X X X
K 5044 - - - - - - - X
K 5084 - - - - - - - -
K 5086 - - - - - X X X
K 5104 X X X X X X - -
K 5104.1 X X X X X X - -
K 5106 - - - - - X X X
K 5106.1 - - - - - X X X
K 5106.2 - - - - - X X X
K 5110
(20,30,40) - - X X X X X X
H 501
(white) Light out Light out Light on Light on Light on Light on Light on Light on
H 502
(white) Light out Light out Light out Light on Light on Light on Light on Light on
H 508
(Green) Light on Light on Light on Light on Light out Light out Light out Light out
H 519
(Blue) Light out Flashes Flashes Flashes Flashes Flashes Flashes Light on
Y 5104.A - - - X X X X X

Y 5106.A - - - - - - X X

Y 5106.B - - - X X X - -

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 12


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system
9. Electrical circuits for pinning and unlocking T1
with relay status table

9.1. Status: locked and unpinned


S5105 ( 58.9 ) and S 5106 ( 58.13 ) tripped
Due to disengaged K 503 ( 58.13 ), K 5106 ( 58.14 ) is sealed in, K 5106.2
(58.14 ) is activated
If K 503 (58.13 ) picks up ( deactivation of the chain of approach and pass
position locking), K 5106.1 ( 58.12 ) and K 5044 ( 58.10 ) are activated
Despite the fact that the chain of approach and pass position locking is is
disconnected via to the switched K 5106 ( 60.10 and .14 ), K 5110 (59.4 ) is
activated and the blue light ( 64.5 ) is lit up
9.2. Procedure for pre-selecting pinning and locking
Button S 508 ( 63.4 ) is actuated
K 508 ( 63.3 ) is sealed in due to disengaged K 504 ( 63.2 )
Further, a disengaged K 5104 ( 63.7 ) activates K 5086 (63.6 ), K 500.5 ( 62.4 ),
K 500.1 ( 63.3 ) and K 500.2 ( 63.4 )
Green light ( 63.1 ) flashes
9.3. Procedure for moving to approach position
S 511 ( 61.2 ) tripped
By means of already activated K 5086 (61.2 ) approach position light is lit up
K 501 ( 61.11 ) and K 35 ( 61.12 ) activated (high range cuts out and tele speed
reduced)
9.4. Procedure for moving to approach and pass positions
S 512 (61.3 ) tripped by means of the already activated K 5086 ( 61.3 ) and
H 502 ( 61.14 )of the direction indicator for pass position is lit up
K 35 ( 61.12 ) will be provided further with current and provided by means of
the already switched K501 ( 61.15 ) K503 ( 62.2 ) and K 503.1 ( 62.1 )
K 503 ( 62.2 ) is sealed in by the pre-selection chain
K 503 ( 63.10 ) activates Y 5106.B (63.11 ) and Y 5104.A ( 63.12 ) via of
K 5104 ( 63.10 ), and
The pinning procedure is initiated
9.5. Pinning procedure
Y 5106.B ( 63.11 ) and Y 5104.A ( 63.12 ) activate and effect:
S 5105 ( 58.9 ) no longer tripped, K 5044 (64.3 ) drops out, blue light out
S 5104 ( 58.6 ) tripped , K 5104.1 ( 58.5 ) activated by means of already
switched K 5106.1 ( 62.3 ), K 505 ( 62.3 )will be activated briefly

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 13


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

resulting in K 503.1 ( 63.12 ) and K 503 ( 58.6 and 63.10 ) dropping out for a
short time
Thereby K 5104 picks up
Electricity supply to solenoid valves terminated
Switch-over of direction display from pinning to locking via K 5104 (63.7 ) due
to drop out of K 5086 ( 63.6 ) and pickup of K 5084 ( 63.7 )
K 503 and K 503.1 can only pick up again when approach and pass positions
have been reached ( by means of L 503, 61.14)
K 503 ( 63.2 ) activates Y 5104.B (63.9 ) and Y 5106.B (63.11 ) by means of
K 5104 ( 63.10 ), which is already switched

9.6. Unlocking procedure

S 5106 ( 58.13 ) is no longer tripped, K 5106.1 ( 58.12 ), K 5106 ( 58.13 ) and


K 5106.2 ( 58.14 ) drop out
S 5105 (58.9 ) tripped , K 504 (58.9 / 63.2 )activated ,
Green light is lit up (63.1 )
Clearance of K 508 ( 63.3 ) sealing in, flasher relay K 500.5 drops out
( 63.5 / L 508 )
K 5104 ( 58.6 / 63.7 ), K5086 ( 63.6 ) and K 5084 ( 63.8 ) drop out, no voltage
supply via L 508 to K 503 and K 503.1,
all solenoid valves without electrical current
Status pinned and unlocked has been reached

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 14


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system
9.7. Relay status table: pinned and unlocked procedure
Status: Selection: Move to pre
Move to pre & Transitional Pinning Transitional Unlocking
Compon-ent locked and pin and pos. pin and
post position position procedure position procedure
unpinned unlock unlock
S 5104 - - - - - X X X
S 5105 X X X X - - - X
S 5106 X X X X X X - -
S 508 - X - - - - - -
S 511
(21,31,41)
- - X X X X X X
S 512
(22,32,42)
- - - X X X X X
K 35 - - X X X X X X
K 500.1 - X X X X X X X
K 500.2 - X X X X X X X
K 500.5 - X X X X X X X
K 501 - - X X X X X X
Short drop-
K 503 - - - X X out X X
Short drop-
K 503.1 - - - X X out X X
K 504 - - - - - - - X
K 505 - - - - - X - -
(t= 0,5s)

K 508 - X X X X X X X
K 5044 X X X X - - -
K 5084 - - - - - X X X
K 5086 - X X X X - - -
K 5104 - - - - - X X X
K 5104.1 - - - - - X X X
K 5106 X X X X X X - -
K 5106.1 X X X X X X - -
K 5106.2 X X X X X X - -
K 5110
(20,30,40)
X X X X X X X X
H 501 (weis) Light out Light out Light on Light on Light on Light on Light on Light on
H 502 (weis) Light out Light out Light out Light on Light on Light on Light on Light on
H 508 (grün) Light out Flashes Flashes Flashes Flashes Flashes Flashes Light on
H 519 (blau) Light on Light on Light on Light on Light out Light out Light out Light out
Y 5104.A - - - X X X - -
Y 5104.B - - - - - - X X
Y 5106.B - - - X X X X X
Y 5106.A - - - - - - - -

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 15


Technical Training AC 300
Telescoping system

Extension series

Main boom- Tele 1 Tele 2 Tele 3 Tele 4


length

total length1 in % in m in % in m in % in m in % in m

14.7 0 0 0 0

19.7 45 0 0 0

24.6 45 45 0 0

29.7 90 45 0 0

34.5 90 90 0 0

34.5 45 45 45 45

39.6 90 45 45 45

44.5 90 90 45 45

49.4 90 90 90 45

54.3 90 90 90 90

59.0 100 100 100 100

distance for LPU from T1 to T2 = 0.32m

T1 to T3 = 0.63m

T1 to T4 = 0.95m

the individual strokes of the telescoping sections and the telecylinders are
to be taken from the drawing

"Standard extension sequence" 884 735 40 and to be filled in to the table


above as necessary.

in case of length memory loss, this must be corrected with DS-Code "9999 "

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 16.2.99 16


Technische Schulung AC 300
Ausleger- Innenansicht

Sliding plate for locking


basicboom position

Tele 1

Locking hole
Fixpoint
telescopiccylinder

Ac 300 Sucher 8333.2 12.10.98 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
Auslegerinnenansicht

Sliding plates for


pinning position

Sliding plate for


locking position
Tele2 and 3 right

Ac 300 Sucher 8333.2 18.2.99 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
Innenansicht Verbolzung

connection
prox. switch
pinning
position

In front of pin
position Tele1
sliding plate behind position
pin
sliding plate
Tele2

+ 24V
pin
Tele3

Verb.
Tele4

Ac 300 Sucher 8333.2 13.10.98 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
Teleskopiersystem

Gripping device
Pinning hole
telescopiccylinder
solenoidvalve Locking and pinning
cylinder

In front of and
behind position Locking pin
Proximityswitch for
position locking and
pinning device

Ac 300 SVE Sucher 8333.2 12.10.98 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
Meßanschlüsse an der SVE

unpinning
pinning

locking

unlocking

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 19.2.99 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
Näherungsschalter - SVE

In front of + 24V behind

S 5131 S 5132

S 5142

S 5122

S 5111

S 5112
S 5105

S 5106

S 5104

Ac 300 Sucher 8333.2 12.10.98 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
SVE- Ansicht von oben

Tank
testpoint 8

Pressure
testpoint 7

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 18.2.99 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
Teleskopausleger

Gripping
device

pinning

Locking and pinning


cylinder

Telecylinder

LPD

Locking pin

Teleausleger.doc Sucher 8333.2 06.10.98 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
Hydr. Kupplungen Ausleger- OW

10
9
8
6
4
5
1 2

3
11 12

1- Telezylinder ausfahren 7- SL-Motor auf


2- Telezylinder einfahren 8- SL- Lecköl
3- DB- Ventil Rücklauf ( 300bar ) 9- SL- Rüstzylinder einfahren
4- Telesteuerung 10- SL- Rüstzylinder ausfahren
5- SL- Bremse ( Sperre ) 11- SVE- „P“- Anschluß
6- SL- Motor ab 12- SVE- „T“- Anschluß

1 - tele extend 7 - SL- winch in


2 - tele retract 8 - SL- leckage oil
3 - p.r.v. return line 9 - SL- rigging cylinder retract
4 - telescop pilot line 10 - SL- rigging cylinder extend
5 - SL- brake 11 - LPD- „pressure“-connection
6 - SL- winch out 12 - LPD- „tank“-connection

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 19.2.99 1


Technische Schulung AC 300
Teleskopausleger

Gripping
device

pinning

Locking and pinning


cylinder

Telecylinder

LPD

Locking pin

Teleausleger.doc Sucher 8333.2 06.10.98 1


Technical Training AC 300
Locking-Pinning Device

pinned / unlocked locked / pinned locked / unpinned

AC 300 Sucher 8331.7 18.01.00


overviev

Legend Selection
light off :
light on :
locked /unpinned pinned / unlocked
[1] [2]
light flashing :

sensor indication via digital - input sensor indication via digital - input
S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104 S 5104
S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105 S 5105
S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106 S 5106
S 5111(21,31,41) S 5111(21,31,41) S 5111(21,31,41) S 5111(21,31,41) S 5111(21,31,41) S 511(21,31,41) S 511(21,31,41) S 511(21,31,41) S 511(21,31,41) S 511(21,31,41) S 511(21,31,41) S 5111(21,31,41)
S 5112(22,32,42) S 5112(22,32,42) S 5112(22,32,42) S 5112(22,32,42) S 5112(22,32,42) S 512(22,32,42) S 512(22,32,42) S 512(22,32,42) S 512(22,32,42) S 512(22,32,42) S 512(22,32,42) S 5112(22,32,42)

Status Status
green light: green light: green light: green light: green light: green light: green light: green light: green light: green light: green light: green light:
from from
blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light : blue light :
indica- indica-
light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.: light pre-pos.:
tion tion
light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos : light past-pos :
lights lights

Prese- Prepo- Pre- and


Proce- Pre- Pre- and
lection sition behind Proce-
Pinned dure
position dure Prese- position behind Proce-
and un- locked Proce-
Proce- locked locked Proce- lection position dure
locked un- and un- dure
dure and un- and un- locked locking dure pinned
pinning pinned
pinned pinned and un- pinned and un- pinned un-
pinning
pinned and un- locked and un- locking
locked locked
Technical Training AC 300
Superstructure Hydraulics
Description of all pressure relief valves (PRVs) for monitoring the
hydraulic system

see hydraulics plan 889 245 40 Page1- 3


PRV / bar Measur- Function Setting option
ing point
D 1 330 14 Circuit I protection Luffing gear up

D 2 330 15 Circuit II protection Luffing gear up

D 3 270 4 Pump 3 protection Activate slew gear with brake


applied
D4 130 19 Pump 4 protection Turn off D31 ( Po ) (?)

D5 0 14 Retract luffing cylinder Luffing gear., idling 10 bar and


max. 'n' of 40 bar
D6 290 14 Retract tele Retract tele to pinning

D7 190 14 Extend tele Extend tele to pinning

D8 120 10 Lower H 1 Close brake line

D9 190 15 Extend tele Extend tele to pinning

D10 290 15 Retract tele Retract tele to pinning

D11 120 13 Lower H 2 Close brake line

D12 0 15 Draw in luffing gear Draw in luffing gear -max. 'n' 60


bar
D13 340 14/9 Raise hoist 1 Reeve singly and raise over
backstops
D14 340 15/12 Raise hoist 2 Reeve singly and raise over
backstops
D15 400 9 Raise H1
D16 400 12 Raise H2
D17 400 14/15 Luffing cylinder piston Already set at the factory
side
D18 100 Auxiliary winch
D19 35 16 Pilot pressure Leave engine running

D20 250 20 Superlift Sl - activate function

D21 50 23 Counterweight cylinder, Retract counterweight


piston side
D22
D23 180 31 Main boom extension Activate function

D24 80 30 Superlift erecting cylinder Activate function


D25 210 4 Slew gear foot brake Foot brake pplied; activate slew
gear function
D26 70 18/27
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31 120 18 / 7 Feeder valve (Po) Function not necessary

D31 90 18/17 Feeder valve (Pu) Lock/unpin function, checking


pressure falloff
D32 50 17 Pilot control protection Function not necessary

ac300hyd 1
Technical Training AC 300
Superstructure Hydraulics

Location of measuring points for the hydraulic system

see the plan for the hydraulics 889 245 40 Pages 1- 3


Measuring Function Pressure in
point bar
M1 Slew gear brake 35
M2 Additional functions ( applying the pressure 270
compensator)
M3 Proportional pressure slew gear clockwise 8- 21
M4 Pump 3 270
M5 Proportional pressure slew gear anti-clockwise 8- 21
M6
M7 Feeder pressure in locking and pinning unit 120
(LPU)
M8 Return tank for solenoid valves on LPU 3
M9 Raise H1 270
M10 Lower H1 120
M11
M12 Raise H2 270
M13 Lower H2 120
M14 Circuit I 330
M15 Circuit II 330
M16 Pilot pressure 35
M17 Pump 4 50
M18 Feeder pressure connection behind feeder valve 110/90
M19 Protection for pump 4 130
M20 Superlift ( on the winch ) 250
M21 Reel in SL ( on SL frame ) 250
M22 Pay out SL ( on SL frame ) 250
M23 C/W- cylinder pistonside 50
M24 Speed control cylinder 35
M25 Proportional pressure Circuit I 8- 27
M26 Proportional pressure Circuit II 8- 27
M27 Tild cab. pistonside 70
M28
M29
M30 SL- rigging-cylinder 80
M31 Mainboom- extension 180

ac300hyd 2
Service Manual
Modular PDC

Version 1.2

Status 26.03.1999
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 2 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

1. General instructions on working with computer components

In the following chapters the basic components of the modular "Pat Dynamics Control - PDC" are
described. The PDC is responsible (or will be responsible in the near future) for various control,
monitoring and visualisation tasks on the machines AC 100, AC 120, AC 300, AC 500-1, AC 650,
CC 2800 and CC 2500.
Certain basic rules, which apply to work with electronic instruments, must be followed when
carrying out maintenance and repair work on this system. In the following pages, these rules will
be outlined as they apply to the individual components and the definitions used will be explained.

General rule
Printed circuit boards (pcbs) or modules may only be inserted and removed off circuit!
Changes to the wiring, the coding switches/coding jumpers and fuses may only be made off
circuit!

EPROM electric programmable read-only memory


A memory module which can be programmed electrically using suitable programming appliances,
and which can only be read in normal mode. In order to be able to re-program the module it must
first be deleted by extended UV irradiation.
To enable the UV light to reach the actual chip, the EPROM has a window. Following
programming, this window is sealed off to the light using a sticker, in order to avoid unintentional
erasing, e.g. as a result of irradiation from the sun. This sticker may therefore only be removed
to erase the EPROM.
EPROMs can be destroyed by electrostatic charges. Before touching an EPROM, you must
always make sure that you are not carrying an electrostatic charge. Ideally, special earthing
armbands, electrostatic mats and tools etc. should be used for this purpose. If these accessories
are not available, at the very least equipotential bonding should be created between the PDC and
operator by touching a metal part of the PDC before touching the EPROM.
An EPROM is removed from its socket by pulling the EPROM evenly from both sides using an
IC extraction pincer. As an additional aid, a small screwdriver can be used to lever the EPROM out
of its socket alternately from both sides. This is the only way to prevent the EPROM pins from
becoming bent. A dismantled EPROM can be used again and should be returned to Dept.
8315.1. In addition, Dept. 8315.1 must always be informed when an EPROM is replaced.
An EPROM is inserted in its socket by first placing all pins in the holders. Any pins which may have
been bent must be straightened carefully (!). When all pins are located in their holders, the
EPROM is pressed into the socket evenly and without any slant. Subsequently, you must
check that all pins are correctly located in the socket, or whether pins are bent outwards or
inwards (difficult to see !).
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 3 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

Ribbon cable
In order to link up contact series, ribbon cable with up to 68 cores is often used in computers.
These ribbon cables are either soldered directly into a pcb or are connected by means of
plugs/couplings. These plugs/couplings are usually fitted with insulation contacts. The ribbon cable
is inserted in the contact element and pressed into the insulation contacts with a plastic strip. The
plastic strip is then locked into the contact element. This type of assembly can support relatively
high mechanical loads, however a plug connection must never be released by pulling on a
ribbon cable. When releasing a plug connection, pull only on the plastic body. If a plug
connection is stuck, you can loosen it by carefully (!) levering with a screwdriver.
To avoid switching of the poles of the ribbon cable, at least the core / contact is marked with the
number "1" on the connection points of a ribbon cable (i.e. on the pcb). The ribbon cable itself
comprises different-coloured cores or a marking for the core with the number "1". It is normal, for
example, that grey ribbon cable has a red core marked as number "1".
In addition the plugs/couplings are mechanically coded with lugs and grooves and can only be
inserted easily in the correct direction.

Coding switches
To make one-off settings on a pcb, so-called coding switches are used. These are small rotary
switches with, for example, 10 or 16 positions. The coding switch is adjusted carefully (!) using
a small screwdriver. The position of the coding switch is indicated, for example, by a small arrow.
The different settings of the coding switch may only click into position lightly, i.e. the operator is
responsible for setting the precise switch position.

Coding jumpers
An additional option for making settings on a pcb is the use of coding jumpers. This involves
conductively linking two contact pins by means of small connectors. The connectors must be
inserted carefully and only in the specified direction. Extra connectors may not be inserted
on free contact pins.

Trimming potentiometers
In order to enable stepless adjustments, some pcbs are fitted with small trimming potentiometers.
These trimming potentiometers must be carefully turned with a suitable screwdriver.
Overtightening of the mechanical stop must be avoided, as the entire pcb has to be replaced if the
potentiometer is defective. The current position of the potentiometer is generally indicated with a
small marking (arrow tip, dash). If this is not the case, the correct position must be set by rotating
the potentiometer to both end stops to determine its range and then turning to the desired setting.

2. Layout of the plug-in pcbs in the computer

The plug-in pcbs described in the following chapters can be found in various positions and in
different quantities, depending on the appliance type and the technical features. It is possible to
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 4 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

view the current configuration of the PDC, i.e. the type and position of the plug-in pcbs, on the
control console. The following image shows this screen display as an example for a CC crane.

Basic digital Basic analog


PROWAY interface board input boards Analog input boards output board

LLD board Video board

CPUboard

Status
fields

Piggy digital Piggy digital Piggy analog


Info menus input boards output boards output boards

PROWAY users
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 5 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

The following image shows the corresponding screen display as an example for an AC crane.
The principle layout of the plug-in pcbs remains the same, but the number and designations
change.

Basic digital
input boards
Basic analog
PROWAY interface board Analog input boards output board

Videoboard
LLD board

CPUboard

Status
fields

Piggy analog
Piggy digital Piggy digital output boards
Info menus input boards output boards

PROWAY with
PROWAY users
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 6 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

The boards CPU, LLD (load limit device), PROWAY and video always occupy the first four
positions (as shown here).
On the following plug-in slots are the digital in- and output boards, whereby the basic board is
always inserted first, followed by the piggy boards.
After this come the analog in-and output boards. Again, the basic board is inserted first, followed
by the piggy boards.
The extreme right position is always occupied by the plug-in pcb with the voltage supply for the
entire computer

The status fields (in this example: ) provide information on the status of the plug-in boards.
The displayed symbols are explained via the info menus.
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 7 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

3.1 Layout of the CPU board

The CPU board is the actual nerve centre of the PDC unit. This houses the processor, the memory
modules and all I/O modules required for operation. For a change in the software, only the
EPROM modules are of interest. These are arranged as follows.

Data EPROM 22
System EPROM 12

RAM modules

System EPROM 11

Data EPROM 21

The bottom number on each EPROM describes the plug-in position on the pcb. The EPROMs on
plug-in slots -11- and -12- contain the operating system software. The EPROMs on slots -21- and
-22- contain all control programs (SPS), data blocks, graphics, applications and configurations.
The EEPROM is located on the lower layer and cannot be replaced without dismantling the CPU.
A replacement of the EEPROM is not normally required.
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 8 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

The EPROMs have various markings which have the following meanings.

ECIS General marking for the operating


TFT1 system EPROMs

M2 Not appliance-related, system B1 System EPROM no. -11-


EPROM B2 System EPROM no. -12-

03.35 Running index, updated with each


new program version

2CF3 4-digit HEX number, check sum

-11- Module slot number

39 Machine code, e.g. here AC 300 C1 User software,


EPROM no. -21-
01.08 Running index, updated with each C2 User software,
new program version EPROM no. -22-

AC Machine designation in plain text


300

46DD 4-digit HEX number, check sum

-21- Module slot number

The 4-digit HEX number represents the last 4 digits of the check sum on the complete binary
content of the EPROM. When a new EPROM is created or duplicated, it is essential that the
correct check sum is specified!
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 9 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

The following connections and display elements are located on the front panel of the CPU board.

Switch and LED "Reset": System reset, cold start

Switch and LED "Abort": Warm start

Switch and LED "F1": Service button "F1" and display "F1"

7-segment display: Status and fault display

Switch and LED "F2": Service button "F2" and display "F2"

Port "1", RS 232: Download port for Etool

Port "2", RS 232: Debug and modem port

Port "3", RS 422: Reserved for console control


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 10 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

3.2 Layout of the LLD board

The LLD board is to be seen as an independent processor board. It assumes all necessary tasks
and calculations for the load limit devices. For a change of software, once again only the EPROM
modules are of interest. These are arranged as follows.

Loads EPROM TLK


Data EPROM DAT

System EPROM 0

The bottom number on each EPROM describes the slot on the pcb. The system EPROM -0-
contains the operating system software with all calculations. The data EPROM DAT contains the
data and parameters specific to the crane. The load EPROM TLK contains the actual carrying
loads. For the check sums, the same applies as outlined for the CPU.
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 11 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

The following connections and display elements are located on the front panel of the LLD board.

LEDs "RES", "INT", "1", "2", "3", "4": Service lamps for PAT

LED "Load": Display for overload

LED "A2B": HES display

Port "RS 232": Programming and parameter port for LLD

"Digital I/O X2": I/O plug X2, see circuit diagram

"Keyswitch X3": I/O plug X3, see circuit diagram


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 12 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

4.1 Layout of the analog input board

The analog input boards read the measurement values of various sensors, with each board having
7 inputs. The unit comprises several boards with an identical layout, but which have to be
differentiated for the computer. For this reason, each board receives a clear address, which is set
using the address coding switch, see image. The addresses are counted, starting from "0" up to
the maximum "F", i.e. there are 16 possible addresses. Each address may only occur once in the
system for this board type!
When replacing a defective board, the same address must be set on the replacement board as
was set on the defective board. If two boards are replaced (e.g. for test purposes), the addresses
of the boards must also be replaced.
The address coding switch is to be turned carefully (!) using a suitable screwdriver.
If the correct address is not known for a board, the information on the address and module slot
can be obtained from the documentation of the company PAT.

Address coding switch 0-F


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 13 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

4.2 Layout of the analog basic output board

The analog basic board produces variable electric control signals which are output via so-called
piggy boards. To this end, a maximum of eight signals are produced which are output via a
maximum of four piggy boards, i.e. each piggy board possesses two channels. The analog signals
are transferred via four connector plugs and ribbon cable to the piggy boards.
As with the analog input board, each analog basic output board possesses an address coding
switch which is used to assign each board an address which can only be allocated once in the
system. In this case too, when replacing a defective board the same address must be allocated to
the replacement board as was given to the defective board. If two boards are replaced (e.g. for
test purposes), the addresses of the boards must also be replaced.
The address coding switch is to be turned carefully (!) using a suitable screwdriver.
If the correct address is not known for a board, the information on the address and module slot
can be obtained from the documentation of the company PAT. As a rule the address is "0", as
there is only one analog basic output board in the system.
Furthermore, the analog basic output board possesses a coding jumper which can be inserted in
six different positions. This jumper sets the ripple frequency which is superimposed on the control
signal of the proportional hydraulic valves. The six positions correspond with the following
frequencies from the left to the right: 160 Hz, 80 HZ, 40 HZ, 20 Hz, 10 Hz, 5 Hz. In the following
image the ripple frequency is set to 80 Hz.

4 × connector plugs for piggy boards

Coding jumper, 6 different positions

Address coding switch 0-F


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 14 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

4.3 Layout of the analog piggy output board

The analog piggy board receives two input signals from the basic board via a ribbon cable, which it
then amplifies and transfers to two consumers (e.g. proportional valves). The ribbon cable is
connected to a corresponding connector plug. The maximum output current is 1 amp for each
channel.
There are no address coding switches on the analog piggy output board. The address is
determined by the fact that each board receives its signals from the analog basis output board via
its own output or its own ribbon cable. This means that when the ribbon cable of the piggy boards
is replaced for test purposes, all connector cables must also be replaced !
The board also houses a fuse, with which the output steps are protected against short circuiting,
and a trimming potentiometer, which is used to set the ripple amplitude of the output board. This
potentiometer always remains in the middle position, unless specified otherwise.

Connector plug for the cable of the basic board

Trimming

Fuse
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 15 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

4.4 Layout of the digital basic input board

The digital basic input board reads the measurement values of 16 binary sensors, i.e. "0"- or "1"-
values. In addition up to four digital piggy boards are operated via this board, which can either be
input or output boards. These boards are connected via a ribbon cable, with a cable being fed
from the first piggy board with a connector coupling to the basic board where it is inserted in the
connector plug. On the piggy board there is an additional connector plug, to which the ribbon cable
of the next piggy board can be connected etc. In this way, a maximum of four piggy boards can be
connected in succession. The board is fitted with a fuse, which safeguards all connected piggy
boards. If this fuse is defective, none of the piggy boards will work, even if the control display
states otherwise.
This board also has a unique address, which is set using the address coding switch (see image).
The addresses are allocated in ascending order from "0" up to the maximum "F", i.e. there are 16
possible addresses. Each address for this type of board can only be allocated once for each
system.
When replacing a defective board the same address should be set on the replacement board as
on the defective board. If two boards are replaced (e.g. for test purposes), the addresses of the
boards should be replaced.
The address coding switch should be turned carefully (!) using a suitable screwdriver.
If the correct address is not known for a board, information on the address and module slot can be
taken from the documents of the company PAT. Up to three digital basic input boards can be
found in the system.

Connector plug for ribbon cable

Address coding switch 0-F

Fuse
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 16 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

4.5 Layout of the digital piggy input boards

The digital piggy input boards also read the measurement values of 16 binary sensors. The
boards are, however, not independent, but are operated via the digital basic input boards. The
board is connected to the basic input board as already described via a ribbon cable with a
connector coupling. The connector coupling at the end of the ribbon cable is not shown here. Next
to the ribbon cable is the connector plug for the next piggy board.
The digital piggy boards are addressed by them being inserted at a certain point behind the basic
input board, they do not possess a coding switch. For example, if a maximum of four piggy boards
follow behind the basic input board, they are automatically awarded the addresses "0" to "3". This
means that the function of the digital piggy input boards depends on their slot position. If, for
example, two boards are replaced for test purposes, the connections on their front panels must
also be replaced. If this is not done, the digital input signals are connected to the wrong channels.

Connector plugs for ribbon cable

Ribbon cable with plug


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 17 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

4.6 Layout of the digital piggy output board

The digital piggy output boards possess 16 floating relay outputs with make contacts. These
boards are also not independent and are operated via the digital basic input board. The board is
connected to the basic input board as described for the digital piggy input boards via a ribbon
cable with a connector coupling.
These boards are also addressed by their allocation to a specific slot behind the basic input board,
they also do not possess a coding switch. For this reason the function of the digital piggy output
boards also depends on their slot position. Consequently, if two boards are replaced for test
purposes, the connections on their front panels must also be replaced. If this is not done, the
digital output signals will be connected to the wrong consumers.
Each relay output is safeguarded with a miniature slow-blowing fuse of 2 A. The fuses are
plugged in and are mechanically fixed in place using two plastic strips which are screwed in. To
replace a fuse, the corresponding strip must be removed and then reattached once the new fuse
has been fitted. There are 2 spare fuses on the board for emergencies.

16 × fuse for output relay

16 × output relay 2 × spare fuse

Connector plug for ribbon cable

Ribbon cable with plug


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 18 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

5.1 Changing the software

The software in the modular PDC is integrated in various memory media.


- EPROM area
- EEPROM area
- Battery-backed RAM
- Working RAM (without battery backup)

The EPROM area contains the:


- operating system SW (separate EPROMs)
- control programs (SPS programs)
- control data blocks (for initial set-up)
- graphics
- applications (rapid calculations, keyboard entries, special functions, etc.)
- telescoping aid
- system configuration (definition of the HW in the PDC)
- I/O configuration (definition of the HW outside the PDC)

The EEPROM area contains the:


- control data blocks (works settings)
- application data (operating modes, status variables, etc.)

The battery-backed RAM contains:


- possibly control programs (test and intermediate versions)
- control data blocks (individual settings)
- application data, retentive flags, etc.

The working RAM contains:


- the control program currently being processed
- all temporary flags
- all other temporary data

The software has been set up so that all data which is required to control the crane is saved in the
EPROM. This limits the SW exchange to the replacement of the EPROMs. The system offers SW
aids for the transfer of the corresponding information from the EPROM to the different memory
areas.
The SW aids are implemented in the PDC tool in the operating system SW.

5.2 PDC tool


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 19 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

Access to the PDC tool is generally gained by simultaneously pressing keys "8" and "1" on the
console.
The following basic menu appears once the image has been built up:

These have the following meanings:

(... continued on next page)


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 20 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

(01) Show versions of software:


Show versions of software saved in the system (over all memory areas). The example
shown here is from the AC 300.

EEPROM area,
poss. RAM area

EPROM area

Very important !

There may be a second page which can be reached using the "Cursor down" key:
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 21 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

(02) Edit time:


The system time is set here.

(03) Edit date:


The system date is set here.

(04) Dump memory:


This is where memory contents can be viewed by specifying the HEX address in HEX form
and at the same time in ASCII form on the console.

(05) Edit crane calibration parameter:


Currently not in use.

(06) Activate/deactivate messages:


Currently not in use.

(07) Activate modem:


This function is used to give the initialisation sequence for a Siemens M1 radio modem to
the serial interface 2 and thus to activate a connected modem. The modem goes into stand-
by mode and can be called up.
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 22 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

(99) Enter supervisor menu:


By entering the 8-digit supervisor code additional functions can be called up. Once the code
has been entered correctly the following extension appears for the above menu:

And, with "Cursor down", the second half:


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 23 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

These have the following meanings:

(30) Edit workhours:


This is where the PDC work hours can be edited.

(31) Reset/show powerfailcounter:


Shows the power failure counter and/or resets it to zero

(32) Erase application data in battery-RAM:


Erases the area in the EEPROM in which the application data is stored (e.g. the operation
last selected). When this area is erased, the system must be completely re-booted in order
to prevent possible error messages.

(33) Erase user area in battery-RAM:


With this function all SPS programs and data blocks (individual setting) in the battery-
backed RAM are erased.

(34) Set screennumber when exit:


This function can be used to select which screen is selected the next time the system is
booted. With only one screen, the number "0" should generally be entered.

(35) Erase data-blocks in EEPROM:


With this function all data blocks (works setting) are erased in the EEPROM.

(36) Copy system configuration into EEPROM:


This function copies the system configuration from the EPROM into the EEPROM.
The system configuration describes the complete layout of the PDC system incl. the board
allocations and BUS configuration.
The copied version is only valid after the next RESET or cold start.

(37) Copy I/O configuration into EEPROM:


This function copies the input/output configuration from the EPROM into the EEPROM.
The input/output configuration describes the parameter setting and calibration of the I/O
components (sensors) in the PDC system.
The copied version is only valid after the next RESET or cold start.

(38) Edit modem PIN and PUK:


H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 24 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

With this function the PIN number and PUK (or Super-PIN) number of the Siemens M1
modem are issued to the system.
The PIN number is used to register the modem in the D2 network.
The PUK or Super-Pin number is needed to reset the modem after the incorrect PIN number
has been entered three times.
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 25 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

5.3 Changing the system SW


When changing the system SW (EPROM 11 and 12) it is only important that the SW is compatible
with the control SW (EPROM 21 and 22).

5.4 Changing the control SW


When changing the control SW (EPROM 21 and 22) it is important that the SW is compatible with:
 the system SW (EPROM 21 and 22)
 the load limit device SW (EPROM "0", "DAT" and "TLK" on the LLD board)
 the memory contents in the battery-backed RAM
 the memory contents in the EEPROM.

After the EPROMs have been changed, the following functions must be carried out in the PDC
tool:

 Function 33: Erase user area in battery-RAM


Unless otherwise specified, this function should always be carried out!!!

 Function 35: Erase data-blocks in EEPROM


Caution is required with this function. If works settings are in the EEPROM, these will also be erased, i.e. before
this function is carried out, the corresponding settings should be noted and then re-entered again afterwards
manually. This step is not generally required for initial set-ups.

 Function 36: Copy system configuration into EEPROM


This function should only be carried out as required.
This step is not generally required for initial set-ups.

 Function 37: Copy I/O configuration into EEPROM


This function should only be carried out as required.
This step is, however, generally required for initial set-ups.
H.-P. Huwer, Dpt. 8315
Service Manual
Pdc1 servicemanuel_gb
Modular PDC Status: 26.03.99

Version 1.2 Page 26 of 26 Printed: 07.09.00

5.5 SW versions

The menu point (01) in the PDC tool reads out all SW headers available in the system.
These headers name the SW module.
In order to be able to describe the function of the SW, it is very important that the headers are
read out.
The header messages are built up as follows:

Battery RAM

EEPROM area

EPROM area

Very important!!!

The CPU generally processes the SW in the following sequence:


1. Battery-backed RAM
2. EEPROM
3. EPROM

This means that if the SW is available in the different areas, the SW version will be processed
which is found first. All others are ignored.
In case of queries in the SW department, the header of the EPROM, and the contents of the RAM
and EEPROM range should always be specified.
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 1 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

1.0 Table of contents

1.0 Table of contents .......................................................................................................................................1


1.1 General .....................................................................................................................................................2
1.1.1 Characteristic curve definitions ...............................................................................................................3
1.2 PDC configuration .....................................................................................................................................6
1.3 Assignment of I/O boards ..........................................................................................................................7
2.0 Description of pilot control function ..........................................................................................................13
2.1 Zero contact measurement ......................................................................................................................13
3.0 Slew gear ................................................................................................................................................16
4.0 Telescopic control....................................................................................................................................18
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 2 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

1.1 General

The new AC300 is fitted with a modular PDC system. The functions of the load limit device directly correspond with
those of the "old" PDC system.

In addition, all control functions which affect the pilot control are assumed by the new system.

The hydraulic control concept of the AC300 works as follows:

 Hoist 1, hoist 2, luffing gear and telescope are actuated proportionally by means of pump control.
Two hydraulic pumps are available for these movements. The movements are assigned to the pumps based
on a switching priority table. In this case only one proportional valve works for each pump and swings it out
proportionally to the lever movement. The function and the direction of the resulting oil flow is specified by
hydraulic slide valve software.
 The slew gear is designed as a closed circuit with its own pump and is controlled by means of 2 proportional
valves (rotate left and rotate right).
 High speed functions are treated like a main movement and are also assigned a pump, whereby the priority of
a high speed function is lower than that of a main movement. In other words, if a movement is activated at
high speed, both pumps are used by this movement. If a new main movement is now activated, the high speed
function is automatically deactivated, and the pump which is now free is assigned to the second main
movement.
 Movements with a higher priority replace movements with a lower priority, whereby the new movement is not
implemented until the function that it is replacing has completely ramped down.
 Priority is assigned in accordance with the following priority table. The priority states that the function in
question is best assigned to the designated circuit:
*)
 If switch S82 (A110 DE8 = 1) is actuated, the column priority 2 applies, in which case only the priority circuit
of the luffing gear changes from circuit 2 to circuit 1 (the reverse for high speed).

Priority Priority 1 Priority 2*)


Circuit 1 Circuit 2 To circuit To circuit
Hoist 1 10 0 1 1
Hoist 1 high speed 0 7 2 2
Hoist 2 0 10 2 2
Hoist 2 high speed 7 0 1 1
Luffing gear 9 9 2 1
Luffing gear high speed 7 7 1 2
Telescope 8 8 1 1
Telescope high speed 7 7 2 2

In the table, priority "0" means that this pump assignment is not possible or is not allowed. With the priority "0" the
movement never has the possibility of being switched to this circuit, as its priority is always lower than the
priority of the current movement on the corresponding circuit.
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 3 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

1.1.1 Characteristic curve definitions

The characteristic curve of each of the 4 proportional movements is described by the following parameters.

Ausgangsstrom

Iamax

Ia1

Iamin
Eingangssignal

Iemin Ie1 Iemax Zeit

t1 t2 t3
Iemin: Input current level of control lever at which a reaction first occurs, the so-called entry value or
"10% jump" (fixed value)
Ie1: Intermediate value, above which the curve assumes a different gradient (variable)
Iemax: Maximum limit value of the input variable (fixed value)
Iamin: Minimum output current (variable)
Ia1: Characteristic curve turning point (variable)
Iamax: Maximum output current (variable)
t1up: Ramp time for upwards ramp with an input jump and Iacurrent < Ia1 (t2-t1)
t1dow: Ramp time for downwards ramp with an input jump and Iacurrent < Ia1 (t2-t1)
t2up: Ramp time for an upwards ramp with an input jump and Iacurrent ≥ Ia1 (t3-t2)
t2dow: Ramp time for downwards ramp with an input jump and Iacurrent ≥ Ia1 (t3-t2)

N.B.:
The parameters normally have to be changed on the control panel. Measures must be in place to
prevent unauthorised entries being made. Furthermore, the parameters can only be varied within
specified limit values. The setting of parameters is described in more detail later on.

The other characteristic values of the output curves are determined at initialisation based on the cycle time of
100 ms.

This results in current increments for each cycle which are calculated in accordance with the following formula:

Ramp parameters:
Ascending ramp:
For Iades < Ia1 IIncrem = (I1 - Imin ) / tIncrem with tIncrem = t1up / 0.1s = 10 * t1up
For Iades ≥ Ia1 IIncrem = (Imax - I1 ) / tIncrem with tIncrem = t2up / 0.1s = 10 * t2up

Descending ramp:
For Iades < Ia1 IIncrem = -(I1 - Imin ) / tIncrem with tIncrem = t1dow / 0.1s = 10 * t1dow
For Iades ≥ Ia1 IIncrem = -(Imax - I1 ) / tIncrem with tIncrem = t2dow / 0.1s = 10 * t2dow
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 4 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

Ascents:
For this ongoing calculation of the output values the ascents of the curves must also be calculated in advance.
We differentiate between 2 cases:

For Ia < Ia1 K1 = (Ia1 - Iamin) / (Ie1 - Iemin)


For Ia ≥ Ia1 K2 = (Iamax - Ia1) / (Iemax - Ie1)

Desired value attenuator:


Each movement receives a desired value attenuator signal in the form of a proportional value at the
corresponding inputs. This signal is linked to the input desired value signal, creating a new desired value signal.

This resulting desired value signal (Iedes) is now the new basis for calculating the output value.

The desired value attenuator signal equals 4 ... 20mA with:

4mA = maximum attenuation minimum speed


20mA = minimum attenuation maximum speed

The following rule applies:

Iedes = Katten. * Ie

with
Katten. = Ieattenuator / 20mA

With maximum movement of the control lever, this results in the following desired value pattern:

Attenuation: 4mA Iedes = 20% of Iemax


20mA Iedes = 100% of Iemax

In practice it will become clear whether the attenuation of up to 20% is sufficient or if attenuation up to 10% is
desired. It must then be checked to see if the input current of the analog desired value attenuator input is limited
by its hardware to a minimum of 4mA or if an input signal of 2mA can also be evaluated without producing a
hardware fault.

Calculating the output current:


To calculate the corresponding output current the above characteristic values are required, differentiating once
again between the two following cases:

Iaold < I1 Iatarg = K1 * (Iedes - Iemin) + Iamin


Iaold ≥ I1 Iatarg = K2 * (Iedes - Ie1) + Ia1

The output value to the analog output board is then as follows for each cycle:

Ioutput = Iaold + IIncrem


P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 5 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

Kennlinie Steuerhebel (lt. Hersteller)

20
18
Ausgangsstrom in mA

16
14
12
10 Signal [mA]
8
6
4
2
0 +4°

+8°

+12°

+16°

+20°
-20°

-16°

-12°

-8

-4°

Hebelauslenkung in °

Direction Signal Direction Signal


Y+/X+ [mA] Y-/X- [mA]
0° 12 0° 12,0
+2° 12,4 1) -2° 11,81)
+4° 12,8 -4° 11,3
+6° 13,5 -6° 10,4
+8° 14,5 -8° 9,5
+10° 15,5 -10° 8,5
+12° 16,5 -12° 7,5
+14° 17,8 -14° 6,2
+16° 19 -16° 5
+18° 20 -18° 4
+20° 20 -20° 4
1)
Entry 10% lever movement
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 6 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

1.2 PDC configuration

PDC combination for AC300

Desig. Function PAT order no. Slot Width Ident. no.


no. (TE)
PDC assy. AC300 TL 22 001 06 0032

Rack with back plane and 21 slots 22 000 10 0019 000 280 12
incl.
-A101 CPU 22 020 10 0100 1,(2) 8 000 281 12
-A102 Load limit device 22 020 10 0009 3,(4) 8 000 282 12
-N100 Mains component 450 17 1006 - 8 000 283 12
Back plane with 21 slots 450 16 0121 - - -

-A103 PROFI-BUS expansion incl. 22 020 30 0006 5 4 000 284 12


-Z100 Additional mains supply profibus 22 005 10 0010 - separate 000 285 12
-A107 BUS distribution board 22 010 30 0002 - separate 654 986 40
-A104 Video controller 22 020 30 0070 6 4 000 286 12

-A110 Digital in-/output basis 1 22 020 30 0052 7 4 000 287 12


-A111 Digital input Piggy 1 22 020 30 0058 8 4 000 288 12
Front plate 4TE 202 01 7960 9 4 000 314 12
Front plate 4TE 202 01 7960 (10) 4 000 314 12
-A114 Digital in-/output basis 2 22 020 30 0052 11 4 000 287 12
-A115 Digital output Piggy 1 22 020 30 0066 (12) 4 000 289 12
-A116 Digital output Piggy 2 22 020 30 0066 (13) 4 000 289 12
Front plate 4TE 202 01 7960 (14) 4 000 314 12
-A120 Analog input 1 22 020 30 0012 15 4 000 290 12
-A121 Analog input 2 22 020 30 0012 16 4 000 290 12
-A122 Analog input 3 22 020 30 0012 17 4 000 290 12
Front plate 4TE 202 01 7960 (18) 4 000 314 12
-A125 Analog output basis 1 22 020 30 0022 19,(20) 6 000 291 12
-A126 Analog output Piggy 1 22 020 30 0025 (21) 5 000 292 12
-A127 Analog output Piggy 2 22 020 30 0025 - 5 000 292 12
Front plate 5TE 202 095 213 0550 - 5 000 315 12
-K100 Console assy. with control panel
and TFT display 640x480 22 001 06 0030 - separate 000 293 12
Total width in depth units (TE) 101
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 7 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

1.3 Allocation of I/O boards

-A102 Digital in- / outputs LLD board 22 020 10 0009


DE 1 X3/6 Key-oper. pushbutton S15 Bridging LLD 1 = LLD bridged
DE 0 X3/5 Key-oper. pushbutton S16 Bridging HLS 1 = HLS bridged
DE 2 X3/8 Reserve digital input
AE 0 X2/9 HLS S1 Hoist limit switch input 1k Ohm - 3.2 kOhm → HLS not
actuated

DA 0 X2/2 K708 LLD relay 0 = LLD in overload


DA 1 X2/5 K709 HLS relay 0 = HLS actuated
DA 2 X2/8 H... Buzzer LLD 1 = overload, internal shutoff

-A110 Digital inputs basis 22 020 30 0052

DE 0 a2 -B... RY+ Direction contact ↑ 1 = lower actuated


DE 1 a4 Lever sensor H1 RY- Direction contact ↓ 1 = raise actuated
DE 2 a6 -B... RX+ Direction contact → 1 = lower actuated
DE 3 a8 Lever sensor luffing RX- Direction contact ← 1 = raise actuated
cyl. and H2
DE 4 a10 -B... RX+ Direction contact → 1 = rotate right actuated
DE 5 a12 Lever sensor slew RX- Direction contact ← 1 = rotate left actuated
gear
DE 6 a14 -B... RY+ Direction contact ↑ 1 = extend actuated
DE 7 a16 Lever sensor tele or RY- Direction contact ↓ 1 = retract actuated
H2
DE 8 a18 Lum. push switch S82 Switchover priority table 1 = table 2 valid
DE 9 a20 Switch logic Extend telescope locked 0 = extend telescope locked
SL control
DE 10 a22 Key-operated S8 Bridging LLD: Enable 1 = shutoff bridged
pushbutton load-moment reducing
movements
DE 11 a24 Ind. proximity switch S563 Enable telescoping 1 = telescoping enabled
(MBE not in transport
position AC 300 only
DE 12 a26 Ind. proximity switch S25 LLS H1 0 = switch actuated
DE 13 a28 Ind. proximity switch S26 LLS H2 0 = switch actuated
DE 14 a30 Switch logic L92 Slew gear and luffing 1 = enabled
gear limit
AC650 only
DE 15 a32 Switch S201/ Dead man's switch 1 = switch actuated -> control
S202 enabled
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 8 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

-A111 Digital inputs Piggy 22 020 30 0058

DE 0 a2 Luminous switch S90 Enable auxiliary winch 1 = auxiliary winch enabled, switch
over slew gear lever
(see ext. description)
DE 1 a4 Ind. proximity switch S43 Superstructure angle 1 = |angle| ≤ ±135°
DE 2 a6
DE 3 a8 Ind. proximity switch S6... Limit switch combination 0 = S6.1 (rocker high)
rocker high or S6.2 and S7.3 (angle between
rocker and luffing mast too large)
actuated
DE 4 a10 Ind. proximity switch S4... Limit switch combinat. 0 = S4.1 (rocker flat working pos.)
rocker flat or S4.2 (rocker flat erection pos.)
or S4.3 (rocker flat suspended
assembly) actuated
DE 5 a12 Luminous switch S81 H2 to left-hand control 1 = left lever acts on H2 (telescopic
lever movement pushed out)
DE 6 a14 Luminous switch S80 H2 to right-hand control 1 = right lever acts on H2 (luffing
lever gear pushed out)
DE 7 a16 Luminous switch S21 High speed H1 1 = high speed selected
AC 300 only
DE 8 a18 Luminous switch S22 High speed H2 1 = high speed selected
AC 300 only
DE 9 a20 Luminous switch S23 High speed luffing 1 = high speed selected
cylinder
DE 10 a22 Luminous switch S24 High speed telescopes 1 = high speed selected
DE 11 a24
DE 12 a26 Mech. limit switch S76 Limit switch fixed bridle 0 = fixed bridle in mesh → switch
off raise H2
DE 13 a28 Ind. proximity switch S5 Angle lower luffing mast 0 = angle >= 90° AC650 only
DE 14 a30 Ind. proximity switch S79 Position of luffing bracing 0 = fixed bridle next to
A-frame AC650 only
DE 15 a32 Switch logic Speed reduction 1 = reduce speed
telescoping
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 9 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

-A114 Digital inputs basis 22 020 30 0052

DE 0 a2 Ind. proximity switch


S5111 Prel. pos. lock BS 1 1 = in front of position
DE 1 a4 Ind. proximity switch
S5112 Follow-up pos. lock BS 1 1 = behind position
DE 2 a6 Ind. proximity switch
S5121 Prel. pos. lock BS 2 1 = in front of position
DE 3 a8 Ind. proximity switch
S5122 Follow-up pos. lock BS 2 1 = behind position
DE 4 a10 Ind. proximity switch
S5131 Prel. pos. lock BS 3 1 = in front of position
DE 5 a12 Ind. proximity switch
S5132 Follow-up pos. lock BS 3 1 = behind position
DE 6 a14 Ind. proximity switch
S5141 Prel. position lock BS 4 1 = in front of position
DE 7 a16 Ind. proximity switch
S5142 Follow-up pos. lock BS 4 1 = behind position
DE 8 a18 Ind. proximity switch
S511, Prel. position pin *) see text below
S521,
S531, only in combination with DE 9
S541
DE 9 a20 Ind. proximity switch S512, Follow-up position pin *) see text below
S522,
S532, only in combination with DE 8
S542
DE 10 a22 Ind. proximity switch S5106 Intermediate position pin 1 = Telescope locked and
pin-locking cyl. active
DE 11 a24 Ind. proximity switch S5104 Intermediate pos. lock 1 = Telescope pin locked and
locking cyl. active
DE 12 a26 Ind. proximity switch S5105 Limit pos. LPD cylinder 1 = section pinned and unlocked
or
section unpinned and locked
DE 13 a28 Switch logic SL lock closed **) see text below only AC 650
DE 14 a30 Switch logic SL frame > 88° **) see text below only AC 650
DE 15 a32

Note: The designations in front of and behind refer to the direction of movement of the LPD
from the boom foot section to the boom head (telescoping out direction).

*) DE8 = 0 AND DE9 = 0 not in pinning range or not activated


DE8 = 1 AND DE9 = 0 in front of pinning hole
DE8 = 0 AND DE9 = 1 after pinning hole
DE8 = 1 AND DE9 = 1 centre of pinning hole

**) DE11 = 1 AND DE12 = 1 AND DE13 = 1 AND DE 14 = 1 SL loads enabled


DE11 = 0 OR DE12 = 0 OR DE13 = 0 OR DE 14 = 0 SL erection tables
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 10 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

-A115 Digital outputs 22 020 30 0066

RE 01 a2 Y11IA Lower hoist 1 on circuit I see ext. descr.


RE 02 a4 Y11IB Raise hoist 1 on circuit I see ext. descr.
RE 03 a6 Y13IB + Y42I Retract luffing cyl. on circuit I + see ext. descr.
lowering brake
RE 04 a8 Y13IA Extend luffing cylinder on circuit I see ext. descr.
RE 05 a10 Y12I Lower hoist 2 on circuit I see ext. descr. AC 300 only
RE 06 a12 Y49 (omitted?) n.c.
RE 07 a14 Y14IB Retract telescopes on circuit I see ext. descr.
RE 08 a16 Y14IA Extend telescopes on circuit I see ext. descr.
RE 09 a18 Y11II Lower hoist 1 on circuit II see ext. descr. AC 300 only
RE 10 a20 Y13IIB + Y42II Retract luffing cylinder on circuit see ext. descr.
II + lowering brake
RE 11 a22 Y13IIA Extend luffing cylinder on circuit see ext. descr.
II
RE 12 a24 Y12IIA Lower hoist 2 on circuit II see ext. descr.
RE 13 a26 Y12IIB Raise hoist 2 on circuit II see ext. descr.
RE 14 a28 Y14IIB Retract telescopes on circuit II + see ext. descr.
lowering brake
RE 15 a30 Y14IIA Extend telescopes on circuit II see ext. descr.
RE 16 a32

-A116 Digital outputs 22 020 30 0066

RE 01 a2 H0 Alarm bell superstructure see ext. descr.


RE 02 a4 Y18.1 Lowering brake valve H1 see ext. descr.
RE 03 a6 Y211 Open slew gear brake valve see ext. descr.
RE 04 a8 K210 Open slew gear parking brake see ext. descr.
RE 05 a10 Y19.1 Lowering brake valve H2 see ext. descr.
RE 06 a12 H47 Buzzer LLD Diversion LLD buzzer signal
additionally to this output
RE 07 a14
RE 08 a16
RE 09 a18
RE 10 a20
RE 11 a22
RE 12 a24
RE 13 a26
RE 14 a28
RE 15 a30
RE 16 a32
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 11 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

-A120 Analog inputs 22 020 30 0012

AE 0 a14 -B... (left control lever) Y+ (lower) 12 .. 20mA


Lever sensor hoist 1 Y- (raise) 12 .. 4mA
AE 1 a16 -B... (left control lever) X+ (lower) 12 .. 20mA
Lever sensor hoist 2 or luffing gear X- (raise 12 .. 4mA
AE 2 a18 -B... (right control lever) Y+ (lower/ext.) 12 .. 20mA
Lever sensor hoist 2 or telescopes Y- (raise/retr.) 12 .. 4mA
AE 3 a20 -B... (right control lever) X+ (rotate right) 12 .. 20mA
Slew gear X- (rotate left) 12 .. 4mA
AE 4 a22 Desired value attenuator hoist 1 Potentiometer 4 .. 20mA
AE 5 a24 Desired value attenuator hoist 2 Potentiometer 4 .. 20mA
AE 6 a26 Desired value attenuator luffing gear Potentiometer 4 .. 20mA

-A121 Analog inputs 22 020 30 0012

AE 0 a14 Desired value attenuator slew gear Potentiometer 4 .. 20mA


AE 1 a16 Desired value attenuator telescope Potentiometer 4 .. 20mA
AE 2 a18 -B370.1 0 .. 300bar 4 .. 20mA
Pressure transducer luffing cyl. bottom
AE 3 a20 -A551 4 .. 20mA
Length transducer main boom total length
AE 4 a22 -A531 4 .. 20mA
Length transducer tele cylinder length
AE 5 a24 -A551 0° .. 90° 4 .. 20mA
Angle transducer MB foot section
AE 6 a26 -B... 0° .. 90° 4 .. 20mA
Angle transducer MB head

-A122 Analog inputs 22 020 30 0012

AE 0 a14 -B... 0 .. 20t 4 .. 20mA


Force transducer load cell, luffing fly jib
AE 1 a16 -B... 0° .. 180° 4 .. 20mA
Angle transducer luffing fly jib
AE 2 a18 Force transducer load cell MBE for direct 0° .. 15t 4 .. 20mA
load measurement
AE 3 a20 Generator speed 2000 - 8000 rpm 4 .. 20mA
AC650 only
AE 4 a22 -B720 (optional equipment) 0 .. 360° 4 .. 20mA
Rotation transducer superstr. level 1
AE 5 a24 -B720 (optional equipment) 0 .. 360° 4 .. 20mA
Rotation transducer superstr. level 2
AE 6 a26 4 .. 20mA
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 12 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

-A126 Analog outputs 22 020 30 0025

PV1A a2 YI Pump displacement P1 see external description of the ramps and


a4 limits etc.
PV1B a6 n.c.
a8
PV2A a10 YII Pump displacement P2 see external description of the ramps and
a12 limits, etc.
a14 n.c.
a16

-A127 Analog outputs 22 020 30 0025

PV1A a2 YIII1 Slew gear left see external description of the ramps and
a4 limits etc.
PV1B a6 YIII2 Slew gear right see external description of the ramps and
a8 limits etc.
PV2A a10 Y90 Wind in auxiliary winch (retract) see external description of the ramps and
a12 limits etc.
PV2B a14 n.c.
a16
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 13 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

2.0 Description of pilot control function

The following information aims to clarify the logic links within the pilot control on the basis of the logic and flow
diagrams.

The input/output boxes are either directly defined, in the case of hardware, or they are to be seen as markers,
whereby no logic names have been allocated.

The list is divided into the following sections:

 2.1: Zero contact measurement


 2.2: Circuit assignment by means of priority treatment
 2.3: Enable networks
 2.4: Circuit connections
 2.5: Other connections

2.1 Zero contact measurement

Nullkontakt HW1: Datei: NK_H1.vsd

Senkendschalter
HW1 nicht

&
angefahren
Senkbremsventil H1
A110 DE12 = 1
A116re02

Totmanntaster betätigt
A110 DE15 = 1

Richtungskontakt
rechter Hebel
& Nullkontakt H1
geschaltet
H1 Senken
A110 DE00

Richtungskontakt
>=1
rechter Hebel
H1 Heben
A110 DE01

Schnellgang H1
angewählt (S21)
& Schnellgang H1
geschaltet

A111 DE07 = 1
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 14 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53
Nullkontakt HW2 / Tele / WW : Datei: NK_H2TW.vsd
Totmanntaster betätigt
&
A110 DE15 = 1
Richtungskontakt rechter
Hebel
& Nullkontakt H2 des
rechten Hebel geschaltet
WW Einfahren / H2 Senken
A110 DE03
Richtungskontakt rechter
>=1
Hebel
WW Ausfahren / H2 Heben
A110 DE02
& Nullkontakt Wippwerk
geschaltet
Schalter S80 betätigt -> H2
auf rechten Steuerhebel
A111 DE06 = 1
Schnellgang Wippwerk
angewählt (S23)
& Schnellgang Wippwerk
geschaltet
A111 DE09 = 1
Schalter S81 betätigt -> H2
auf linken Steuerhebel
A111 DE05 = 1
& Nullkontakt H2 des linken
Hebel geschaltet
Richtungskontakt linker
Hebel
Tele Einfahren / H2 Heben
Nullkontakt Teleskop
A110 DE07
>=1
geschaltet
Richtungskontakt linker
Hebel
Tele Ausfahren / H2 Senken
A110 DE06
&
&
Totmanntaster betätigt
A110 DE15 = 1 Schnellgang Teleskop angewählt (S24)
& Schnellgang Teleskop
geschaltet
A111 DE10 = 1
Geschwindigkeitsreduzierung Teleskop
A111 DE15 = 1
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 15 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53
Nullkontakt HW2: Datei: NK_H2.vsd
Nullkontakt H2
des linken Hebel geschaltet
>=1 Nullkontakt H2
geschaltet
Nullkontakt H2
des rechten Hebel
geschaltet
& Schnellgang H2
geschaltet
Schnellgang H2 angewählt
(S22)
A111 DE08 = 1
Senkbremsventil:
Richtungskontakt linker
Hebel
Tele Ausfahren / H2 Senken
A110 DE06 = 1
&
Schalter S81 betätigt -> H2
auf linken Steuerhebel
A111 DE05 = 1
Richtungskontakt rechter
>=1
Hebel
&
WW Einfahren / H2 Senken
Senkbremsventil Y19.1
A110 DE03 = 1
&
A116re06
Schalter S80 betätigt -> H2 Senkendschalter H2
auf rechten Steuerhebel nicht angefahren
A111 DE06 = 1 A110DE13 = 1
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 16 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

3.0 Slew gear

The slew gear has its own pump and no switchovers which interrupt or divert the oil flow.

As a shutoff and release criteria, all that exists on the AC300 is a slewing range limit switch as an option.

The slewing range limit option is prepared in the software and must be bridged on standard machines by
assigning the shutoff values accordingly.

In contrast to the previously described movements, the direction of movement here is specified by swinging
out the slew gear pump accordingly. For this reason a proportional valve is fitted for each direction of rotation:

 YIII1 for rotation to the left (A127 - PV1A)


 YIII2 for rotation to the right (A127 - PV2A)

Desired value attenuation occurs via the analog input A121 AE0 by means of a potentiometer as a signal 4-
20mA.

Optionally, attenuation can be additionally enforced by the computer in relation to the load moment, whereby
the computer value represents the maximum limit.

We have yet to clarify the exact details of the automatic slew gear attenuator design. At the least,
corresponding variables are to be provided in the software to enable the automatic system to be expanded
simply, adding on additional program modules.

The curve shape of the output signal and its parameters is to be executed in accordance with the afore-
mentioned movements.
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 17 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53
Nullkontakt und Freigabenetzwerk DW: Datei: NK_DW_0.vsd
Warnung: Drehen OW
(England, Japanausf.)
A116re01
Richtungskontakt
linker Hebel
Drehwerk Drehen
rechts
>=1
A110 DE04
Sollwert Drehwerk freigeben
Richtungskontakt
linker Hebel
Drehwerk Drehen
links
A110 DE05
P. Liefke
PDC interface description Dept. 8315
Control unit AC 300 SSB englisch 18
Seiten
Version 2.1 Page 18 of 18 Printed: 07.09.00
08:53

4.0 Telescopic control

Desired value attenuation occurs via the analog input A121 AE1 by means of a potentiometer as a signal 4-
20mA.

In addition, attenuation must be carried out by the computer in relation to input DE15 on board

Teleskop in Verbolzungs-
bzw. Sicherungsbereich
A111 DE15 = 0
& Geschwindigkeitsreduzierung
Teleskopieren

A111.

If the input equals 1, the high speed functions must be taken out. The telescoping speed is then to be
reduced to the following values:

vred = 30 mm/s , this equals approx. 13bar or 520mA at the output.

This value must be balanced on site however.

The curve shape of the output signal and its parameters is to be executed in accordance with the afore-
mentioned movements.

The remaining telescoping control functions occur on these machines as hardware connections independent
of the PDC. Only the telescoping display is executed in the PDC.
Legend : 300vers2.doc

Abbildungen die nicht bearbeitet werden können:

Page 3 of 18

Output current
Input signal
Time

Page 5 of 18

Control lever characteristic curve (according to manufacturer)

Output current in mA
Lever movement in °
Signal [mA]

Page 13 of 18

Zero contact hoist 1:

Lower limit switch


hoist 1 not tripped
A110 DE12 = 1

Lower brake valve H1


A116re02

Dead man's button actuated


A110 DE15 = 1

Direction contact
right-hand lever
lower H1
A110 DE00

Direction contact
right-hand lever
raise H1
A110 DE01

High speed H1
selected (S21)
A111 DE07 = 1

Zero contact H1
selected

High speed H1
selected
Page 14 of 18
Zero contact hoist 2 / tele / luffing gear:
(Spalte links)

Dead man's button actuated


A110 DE15 = 1

Direction contact right-hand lever


Retract luffing gear / lower H2
A110 DE03

Direction contact right-hand lever


Extend luffing gear / raise H2
A110 DE02

Switch S80 actuated -> H2


on right-hand control lever
A111 DE06 = 1

Switch S81 actuated -> H2


on left-hand control lever
A111 DE05 = 1

Direction contact left-hand control lever


Retract tele/raise H2
A110 DE07

Direction contact left-hand lever


Extend tele/lower H2
A110 DE06

Dead man's button actuated


A110 DE15 = 1

(Mittelspalte)

High speed luffing gear


selected (S23)
A111 DE09 = 1

High speed telescope selected (S24)


A111 DE10 = 1

Speed reduction telescope


A111 DE15 = 1

(Rechte Spalte)

Zero contact H2 of
right-hand lever selected

Zero contact luffing gear selected

High speed luffing gear selected

Zero contact H2 of
left-hand lever selected

Zero contact telescope


selected

High speed telescope selected


Page 15 of 18

Zero contact hoist 2:

Zero contact H2
of left-hand lever selected

Zero contact H2
of right-hand lever
selected

High speed H2 selected


(S22)
A111 DE08 = 1

Zero contact H2
selected

High speed H2
selected

Lower brake valve:

Direction contact
left-hand lever
Extend tele / lower H2
A110 DE06 = 1

Switch S81 actuated -> H2


on left-hand control lever
A111 DE05 = 1

Direction contact
right-hand control lever
retract luffing gear / lower H2
A110 DE03 = 1

Switch S80 actuated -> H2


on right-hand control lever
A111 DE06 = 1

Lower limit switch H2


not tripped
A110DE13 = 1

Lower brake valve Y19.1


A116re06

Page 17 of 18

Zero contact and enable network slew gear:

Direction contact
left-hand lever
rotate slew gear
right
A110 DE04
Direction contact
left-hand lever
rotate slew gear
left
A110 DE05

Warning: rotate superstr.


(England, Japan model)
A116re01

Setpoint value enable slew gear

Page 18 of 18

Telescope in pin-locking or locking range


A111 DE15 = 0

Speed reduction
Telescoping
Technical Training AC 300
Function hoist 1

H1 up H1 down
function descript. page input / card value cir I cir II cir I cir II
output

savety I / O
S.L.I. override key
S15 DE1/X3/a6 A102 x x
switch
hoist limit switch S16 DE0/X3/a5 A102 x x
hoist limit switch
S1 AE0/X2/a9 A102 1
not activated
digitel inputs
direction switch
Y+ DE0/a2 A110 24-27V 1
hoist1 lower
direction switch
Y- DE1/a4 A110 24-27V 1
hoist1 raise
H1 lower limit S25 DE12/a26 A110 24-27V 1
S201/
dead man switch DE15/a32 A110 24-27V 1 1 1 1
S202
high speed H1 S21 DE7/a16 A111 24-27V 1 1

analog inputs
right lever hoist1 Y+/Y- AE0/a14 A120 4-20mA x x x x
Poti
signal reducer H1 AE4/a22 A120 4-20mA x x x x
R11

digital outputs

Y11IB RE02/a4 A115 24-27V 1


H1 on circ. I raising
Y11IA RE01/a2 A115 24-27V 1
H1 on circ. I lower
lowering brake
Y18.1 RE02/a4 A116 24-27V 1
valve H1
H1 on circuit II
Y11II RE09/a18 A115 24-27V 1 1
highspeed
analog outputs
pump1 350 -
Yl PV1A /a2 A126 x x
displacement 860 mA
pump2 PV2A 350 -
YlI A126 x x
displacement /a10 860 mA
+12 ... 20mA; - 12 ... 4mA

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 15.2.99 1


Technical Training AC 300
Function hoist 2
H2 up H2 down
function descr. page I /O card value circI circII circI circII
safety inputs/outputs
S.L.I. overide key
S15 DE1/X3/a6 A102 x x
switch
hoist limit switch
S16 DE0/X3/a5 A102 x x
overide key
hoist limit switch
S1 AE0/X2/a9 A102 1
not activatet
digitel inputs
direction switch
X+ DE2/a6 A110 24-27V 1 1
luff./H2 lower
direction switch
X- DE3/a8 A110 24-27V 1 1
luff./H2 raise
H2 right lever S80 DE6/a14 A111 24-27V 1 1 1 1
direction switch
X+ DE6/a14 A110 24-27V 1 1
tele in / H2
direction switch
X- DE7/a16 A110 24-27V 1 1
tele out / H2
hoist 2 left lever S81 DE5/a12 A111 24-27V 1 1 1 1
H2 lower limit
S26 DE13/a28 A110 24-27V 1 1
switch
S201/
dead man switch S202
DE15/a32 A110 24-27V 1 1 1 1
by pass for load
reducing movments S8 DE10/a22 A110 24-27V x x x x

luff.fly max. pos. S6.1ff DE3/a8 A111 24-27V 1 1


luff.fly min. pos. S4.1ff DE4/a10 A111 24-27V 1 1
H2 bridle cut off
S76 DE12/a26 A111 24-27V 1 1
switch
analog inputs
right lever
X+/X- AE1/a16 A120 4-20mA x x x x
H2/derrick
left lever H2/derrick Y+/Y- AE2/a18 A120 4-20mA x x x x
signal reducer H2 Poti R12 AE5/a24 A120 4-20mA x x x x
digitel outputs
H2 on circ2 raise Y12IIB RE13/a26 A115 24-27V 1
H2 on circ2 lower Y12IIA RE12/a24 A115 24-27V 1
lower brake valve Y19.1 RE05/a10 A116 24-27V 1 1
H2 highspeed Y12I RE05/a10 A115 24-27V 1 1
analog outputs
pump1 350 -
Yl PV1A /a2 A126 x x
displacement 860 mA
pump2 350 -
YlI PV2A /a10 A126 x x
displacement 860 mA

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 15.2.99 1


Technical Training AC 300
Function Tele
Tele ext. Tele retr.
function descr. page I/O card value cir.I cir.II circ.I circ.II

savety inputs / outputs


S.L.I. overide key
switch
S15 DE1/X3/a6 A102 x x x x
hoist limit switch
overide key
S16 DE0/X3/a5 A102 x x x x
hoist limit switch not
activatet
S1 AE0/X2/a9 A102 1 1 1 1

digitel inputs
direction switch tele
ext./ H2 lower
X+ DE6/a14 A110 24-27V 1 1
direction switch tele
retract/H2 raise
X- DE7/a16 A110 24-27V 1 1
H2 left lever S81 DE5/a12 A111 24-27V 0 0 0 0
SL tele ext. locked S38 DE9/a20 A110 24-27V 0 0
tele extension in
transport position
S563 DE11/a24 A110 24-27V 1 1 1 1
S201/
dead man switch DE15/a32 A110 24-27V 1 1 1 1
S202
by pass for load
reducing movement
S8 DE10/a22 A110 24-27V x x x x
luffer max. angle S6.1ff DE3/a8 A111 24-27V 1 1
luffer min. angle S4.1ff DE4/a10 A111 24-27V 1 1
highspeed telescop S24 DE10/a22 A111 24-27V 1 1
tele speed reduction DE15/a32 A111 24-27V 0 0 0 0

analog inputs
4-
left lever tele or H2 Y+/Y- AE2/a18 A120 x x x x
20mA
4-
signal reducer Poti R14 AE1/a16 A121 x x x x
20mA

digitel outputs
tele extend circuit 1 Y14IA RE08/a16 A115 24-27V 1
tele retract circuit 1 + Y14IB +
RE07/a14 A115 24-27V 1
brake valve Y48I
tele extend circuit 2 Y14IIA RE15/a30 A115 24-27V 1
tele retract circuit 2 + Y14IIB
RE14/a28 A115 24-27V 1
brake valve + Y48II

analog outputs
350 -
Pump P1 displacement Yl PV1A /a2 A126 860 mA
x x
350 -
Pump P2 displacement YlI PV2A /a10 A126 860 mA
x x

AC 300 8333.2 15.2.99 1


Technical Training AC 300
Function luffing gear

priorit. 1 priorit. 2
m.b. m.b. m.b. m.b.
up low. up low.
c c c c c c c c
function descr. page inp./outp. card value
I II I II I II I II

safety I / O
S.L.I. overide key
S15 DE1/X3/a6 A102 x x x x x x x x
switch
hoist limit switch
S16 DE0/X3/a5 A102 x x x x
overide key
hoist limit switch not
S1 AE0/X2/a9 A102 1 1 1 1
activated

digitel inputs
luffing down or H2
X+ DE2/a6 A110 24-27V 1 1 1 1
down
luffing up or H2 up X- DE3/a8 A110 24-27V 1 1 1 1
luffing circ. 2 to 1 S82 DE8/a18 A110 24-27V 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
S201/
dead man switch DE15/a32 A110 24-27V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S202
by pass for load
S8 DE10/a22 A110 24-27V x x x x
reducing movments
luffing fly high pos. S6.1ff DE3/a8 A111 24-27V 1 1 1 1
luffing fly lowest pos. S4.1ff DE4/a10 A111 24-27V 1 1 1 1
H2 to right hand lever S80 DE6/a14 A111 24-27V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
high speed luffer S23 DE9/a20 A111 24-27V 1 1 1 1

analog inputs
luffing gear or H2 on
X+/X- AE1/a16 A120 4-20mA x x x x x x x x
right lever
luffer signal reducer Poti R13 AE6/a26 A120 4-20mA x x x x x x x x

digitel outputs
retract luffer+ brake Y13IB +
RE03/a6 A115 24-27V 1 1
valve circ.1 Y42I
extend luffer circ. 1 Y13IA RE04/a8 A115 24-27V 1 1
retract luffer+ brake Y13IIB +
RE10/a20 A115 24-27V 1 1
valve circ.2 Y42II
extend luffer circ. 2 Y13IIA RE11/a22 A115 24-27V 1 1

analog outputs
350 -
pump displacement P1 Yl PV1A /a2 A126 x x x x
860 mA
350 -
pump displacement P2 YlI PV2A /a10 A126 x x x x
860 mA

12 ... 20mA 12 ... 4mA

AC 300 8333.2 15.2.99 1


Technical Training AC 300
Function slewgear and reeving
winch

input / rigging
function descr. page card value slew slew
output winch
safety input / output right left raising
S.L.I. override key
S15 DE1/X3/a6 A102
switch
hoist limit switch
S16 DE0/X3/a5 A102
override key
hoist limit switch not
S1 AE0/X2/a9 A102
activated
digitel inputs
direction switch x+ DE4/a10 A110 24-27V 1 1
direction switch x- DE5/a12 A110 24-27V 1
S201/
dead man switch DE15/a32 A110 24-27V 1 1 1
S202
rigging winch enable S90 DE0/a2 A111 24-27V 0 0 1

analog inputs
left lever slew or
X+/X- AE3/a20 A120 4-20mA x x x
rigging winch
signal reducer slew Poti Rlll AE3/a14 A121 4-20mA x x
superstructure angle
B720 AE4/a22 A122 4-20mA option option
1st level
superstructure angle
B720 AE5/a24 A122 4-20mA option option
2nd level

digital outputs
external alarm (U.K.) H0 RE01/a2 A116 24-27V 1 1
open slew brake
Y211 RE03/a6 A116 24-27V option option
AC 650 only
open slew brake Y210 RE04/a8 A116 24-27V 1 1

analog outputs
350-770
slew left Ylll1 PV1A /a2 A127 x
mA
350-770
slew right Ylll2 PV1B /6 A127 x
mA
350mA-
rigging wich Y90 PV2A /10 A127 x
1A
+ direction 12 ... 20mA; - direction 12 ... 4mA

AC 300 8333.2 Sucher 15.2.99 1


PAT GmbH ⋅ Postfach 652 ⋅ D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik

Error Code Table (PDC-LMI)

DEMAG AC 100, AC 300, AC 500 and AC 650

Date: Apr. 13, 2000

System programs: LEDC V1.012 (18.02.2000) Part No.: 71 400 84 0268


LEDC V1.1G (05.04.2000) Part No.: 71 400 84 0275
LEDW V1.0E (07.03.2000) Part No.: 71 400 84 0271

Error Code Error Cause Remedy


O Overload • cutoff due to overload • reduce load moment
P prewarning
H A2B switch • the A2B switch is activated • lower the hook block
E01 Fallen below radius• fallen below the minimum • luff up the boom to a radius
range or angle radius or gone past the or angle specified in the load
range exceeded maximum angle specified in chart
the respective load chart due
to luffing up the boom too far
E02 Radius range • gone past the maximum • luff down the boom to a
exceeded or fallen radius or fallen below the radius or angle specified in
below angle range minimum angle specified in the load chart
the respective load chart due
to luffing up the boom too far
E04 Operating mode not • A non existing operating • Correctly enter the operating
acknowledged or mode has been selected mode according to the
not existing attribution of the operating
state
• The selected operating • Check programming of the
mode is not available in the data EPROM
data EPROM or blocked.
E05 Forbidden length • Boom has been extended • Extend/retract boom to
range of the main too far or not far enough, correct length
boom e.g. if it is prohibited to go
beyond a certain maximum
boom length or with load
curves for jibs where the
main boom has to be
extended to a certain length.

© 2000 PAT GmbH · D-76275 Ettlingen · Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ·  ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 · FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 1 von 8
E- Fehler engl / 13.04.2000
PAT GmbH ⋅ Postfach 652 ⋅ D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik

• Length sensor adjustment • Retract boom. Check the


has changed, e.g. the cable prestress of the cable reel
slid off the length sensor (cable must be taut). Open
reel. the length sensors and
carefully turn the length
sensor pot counterclockwise
until the detent by use of a
screwdriver.
• Clutch between length • Replace complete clutch
sensor pot and drive is including drive wheel and
defective adjust length sensor pot as
described above.
• Length potentiometer • Replace length
defective potentiometer
• Cable between the central • Check cable and plug,
unit to the length sensor is replace, if need be
either defective or
disconnected.
• Electronic component in the • Replace analog board
measuring channel is
defective
E06 Radius range • Gone past the maximum • Luff up the luffing jib to a
exceeded or fallen radius or fallen below the radius or angle indicated in
below angle range minimum specified in the the load chart.
during luffing jib respective load chart due to
luffing down the jib too far.
operation.
E07 Faulty • Overload relay defective • Replace LMI board
acknowledgment by
the overload relay • LMI board defective
of the connection
board.

Relay should be
energized but 2nd
contact is indicated
off, or the 2nd
contact is indicated
on while the relay
should be
deenergized.

© 2000 PAT GmbH · D-76275 Ettlingen · Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ·  ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 · FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 2 von 8
E- Fehler engl / 13.04.2000
PAT GmbH ⋅ Postfach 652 ⋅ D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik

E08 No • refer to E07 • refer to E07


acknowledgment
from the anti-two-
block relay
E21 Upper limit value for • Bus error • Check bus cable and plug
measuring channel
"length telescopic • length sensor is not correctly • Correctly connect length
boom" exceeded. connected. sensor

• Electronic component in the • Replace analog board


measuring channel is
defective

• Length sensor is defective. • Exchange length sensor


E22 Upper limit value in • Bus error • Check bus cable as well as
measuring channel plug
"pressure piston
side " exceeded • Pressure transducer not • Correctly connect sensor.
correctly connected

• Electronic component in the • Replace analog board


measuring channel is
defective

• Replace pressure • Replace pressure


transducer. transducer
E23 Upper limit value in • as E22 • as E22
measuring channel
"pressure rod side"
exceeded
E24 Upper limit value in • Bus error • Check bus cable as well as
measuring channel plug
"force luffing jib"
exceeded • Force transducer not • Correctly connect sensor
correctly connected

• Electronic component in the • Replace analog board


measuring channel is
defective

• Force transducer defective • Replace force transducer

© 2000 PAT GmbH · D-76275 Ettlingen · Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ·  ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 · FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 3 von 8
E- Fehler engl / 13.04.2000
PAT GmbH ⋅ Postfach 652 ⋅ D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik

E25 Upper limit value in • Bus error • Check bus cable as well as
measuring channel plug
"angle main boom"
exceeded • Angle sensor not correctly • Correctly connect sensor
connected

• Electronic component in the • Replace analog board


measuring channel is
defective

• Angle sensor defective • Replace angle sensor


E26 Lower limit value in • as E25 • as E25
measuring channel
"angle luffing jib"
exceeded
E27 Lower limit value in • as E21 • as E21
measuring channel
"length tele I + II"
exceeded
E2B Upper limit value in • as E25 • as E25
measuring channel
"angle boom head"
exceeded
E31 Error in the system • The system program PROM • Replace system program
program is defective. PROM (PROM No. 0)
E37 Error in the logic • The system program PROM • Replace system program
program course is defective. PROM (PROM No. 0)

• Computer module 80C537 • Replace computer module


defective. 80C537.

• LMI board defective • Replace LMI board


E38 System program • The system program in the • Replace system program
and data EPROM LMI does not match to the PROM or data EPROM
do not match. programming in the data (PROM No. 1).
EPROM.
E39 System program • The system program in the • Replace system program
and RLC EPROM LMI does not match to the PROM or data EPROM
do not match. programming in the RLC (PROM No. 2).
EPROM.
E41 Error in the internal • Computer module 80C537 is
• Replace computer module
write/read memory defective. 80C537.
(RAM) of computer
module 80C537 • LMI board defective • Replace LMI board
E42 Error in the external • Write/read memory (CMOS- • Exchange LMI board.
write/read memory RAM) or LMI board defective
1st. part (RAM)

© 2000 PAT GmbH · D-76275 Ettlingen · Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ·  ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 · FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 4 von 8
E- Fehler engl / 13.04.2000
PAT GmbH ⋅ Postfach 652 ⋅ D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik

E43 Error in the external • During on-line programming • Replace external working
write/read memory an error has been detected RAM.
(RAM) of the main when writing on the external • Replace LMI board.
board during on-line working RAM
programming
• Plausibility check: • The programming or number
more than 24 sub operating of sub-operating modes and
modes load points.
number of load points per
length step > 30.

E48 Cyclic RAM test. • Computer module 80C537 • Replace computer module
Error in the internal defective. 80C537.
write/read memory
(RAM) of the • LMI board defective • Replace LMI board
computer module
80C537
E49 Faulty data in on- • No valid data in the • Exchange LMI board.
line operation write/read memory of the
memory extension upon
data loading during on-line
programming
E51 Error in the crane • No valid data in the crane • Load crane data EEPROM
data EPROM or data EEPROM. containing valid data.
EEPROM.
• Memory module wrongly • Bridge memory module acc.
bridged. to memory type

• Crane data EPROM • Replace crane data EPROM


defective
E52 Error in load chart • Memory module wrongly • Bridge memory module acc.
PROM. bridged. to memory type.

• Load chart EPROM • Replace load chart EPROM


defective.
E56 Error in crane data • Memory module wrongly • Bridge memory module acc.
EEPROM. bridged. to memory type

• Crane data EEPROM • Replace crane data


defective EEPROM
E57 Error in serial crane • Serial crane data EEPROM • Write data on the serial
data EEPROM. does not contain valid data. crane data EEPROM (by
means of test program or
on-line function), then restart
the LMI
• Memory module defective • Replace memory module.
E58 Error in the serial • No valid data in the serial • Write data on the serial
analog data analog data EEPROM. analog data EEPROM by
EEPROM. means of the test program,
then, restart the LMI
• LMI main board defective. • Replace LMI main board.

© 2000 PAT GmbH · D-76275 Ettlingen · Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ·  ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 · FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 5 von 8
E- Fehler engl / 13.04.2000
PAT GmbH ⋅ Postfach 652 ⋅ D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik

E60 The number of the • Load chart EPROM • Replace load chart EPROM
selected EPROM defective
base and the
programmed value
are not identical
• Base number not • Program the correct base
programmed number (1 for base 1, 2 for
base 2)
• Load chart EPROM wrongly • Check base programming in
programmed the load chart EPROM.
E81 Too large difference • The angle as to the • Check angle sensor on the
of the boom angles horizontal on the boom head boom head.
at tip and base exceeds the main boom • Check angle sensor on the
boom. angle by more than 5 base boom.
degrees.

E82 More than 1 teles- • Only unbolt one telescope at


cope is unbolted a time
(exception: 3rd. and
4th telescope)

E84 Wrong rigging • The selected rigging • Select another rigging


condition. condition is not contained in condition
the data EPROM.
• Check the programming in
the data EPROM.
E85 Error in the radius • The computed radius is too • Check the programming in
determination small (negative deflection) the data EPROM.

E86 Faulty percentage • Telescope has a percentage • Read out the percentages
for at least one < - 2% or > 106 %. on the console. If a
telescope telescope has to be
extended too far: retract tele
and bolt
• Length measurement Tele I • Check length measurement
+ II defective Tele I (see E17)
• Measurement of overall • Check length measurement
length defective (see E11)
E87 Faulty length • Error in the length memory. • If wrong percentages are
measurement. displayed: retract and bolt all
telescopes. The error is
The determined reset if the measured tele-
length corresponds to the
tele-combination
base boom length.
does not
correspond to the • Length measurement Tele I • Check length measurement
length + II defective Tele I (see E27)
measurement.
• Overall length measurement • Check measurement of
defective. overall length (see E21)

© 2000 PAT GmbH · D-76275 Ettlingen · Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ·  ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 · FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 6 von 8
E- Fehler engl / 13.04.2000
PAT GmbH ⋅ Postfach 652 ⋅ D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik

E88 Faulty main boom • During luffing jib operation Luff boom to the permitted
position during the main boom is not in the range
luffing jib operation prescribed angle range
• Check angle measurement
• Angle measurement of main of the main boom.
boom defective.
E91 No data • LMI board defective • Replace LMI board
transmission from
the ECIS console to • Dual Port RAM defective • Replace Dual Port RAM
ECIS-LMI
• Backplane board defective • Replace Backplane board.

© 2000 PAT GmbH · D-76275 Ettlingen · Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ·  ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 · FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 7 von 8
E- Fehler engl / 13.04.2000
PAT GmbH ⋅ Postfach 652 ⋅ D-76260 Ettlingen Produktbereich
Baumaschinenelektronik

E92 Error in the data • LMI board defective • Replace LMI board
transmission from
the ECIS console to • ECIS console defective • Replace ECIS board
the ECIS-LMI
• Backplane board defective • Replace Backplane board
E93 Error in the data • as E92 • as E92
transmission from
the ECIS - LMI to
the ECIS console
E94 No data trans- • as E91 • as E91
mission from the
ECIS LMI to the
ECIS console

E97 Semaphore in the • as E91 • as E91


dual-port RAM
cannot be read.
After several
readings the
content is not twice
identical.
E98 Semaphore in the • as E92 • as E92
dual port RAM
cannot be written.
After several
writings and
readings the
content is not
identical.

Remark

If an error message is displayed that does not figure in this list, please immediately contact the
competent PAT service department.

© 2000 PAT GmbH · D-76275 Ettlingen · Hertzstr. 32 - 34 ·  ++49 (0) 7243 709-0 · FAX ++49 (0) 7243 709-141 8 von 8
E- Fehler engl / 13.04.2000
Dept 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Important:

Only one S- fault is ever shown in the display, even if several have occurred; once a fault has been rectified, the next one
will be shown.

If a S- fault that is not contained in this table is displayed, please contact our service department.

To check a board function, please switch to the sub-menu in which the corresponding board functions are displayed; to
check an analog signal, switch to the sub-menu in which the corresponding lever and potentiometer functions and the
analog input board are displayed.
Available signals are displayed inverted.

S 00nn Fault codes: General control faults


Fault Cause Remedy
AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

S 0001 Input list unavailable - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

S 0002 Definition fault in input list - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

- Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status


S 0003 No space available for input table
- Check CPU - Check CPU
Variable from input list in PDB not
S 0004 - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
available

S 0009 Undefined fault in input list - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

S 0011 Output list not available - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

TECHNICAL TRAINING PAGE 1 of 13 VERSION 05/2000


Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

S 0012 Definition fault in output list - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

- Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status


S 0013 No space available for output table
- Check CPU - Check CPU
Variable from output list in PDB not
S 0014 - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
available

S 0019 Undefined fault in output list - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

S 0020 No control program available - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

S 0020 No control program available - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status

No memory space available for modules


S 0021 - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
(cold start)

S 0022 Check sum fault with cold start - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
- Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0023 No data modules in the EEPROM - Copy data modules from EPROM to - Copy data modules from EPROM to
EEPROM EEPROM
Check sum fault in operation, controls at
S 0030 - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
standstill
WatchCopyLLDData: CopyLLDData
S 0094 - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
restarted
- Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0095 WatchIO: I/O restarted
- Carry out a restart - Carry out restart

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 2 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1
Fault in control cycle, controls at a
S 0096 - Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
standstill
- Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0097 WatchPROWAY: Polling restarted - Examine PROWAY connections - Check PROWAY connections
- Check PROWAY participants - Check PROWAY participants
- Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0098 CRC fault in EPROM
- Replace EPROMs - Replace EPROMs
- Check EPROM software status - Check EPROM software status
S 0099 Fatal error, controls at a standstill - Carry out a restart - Carry out restart
- Adapt data modules to the control - Adapt data modules to control

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 3 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

S 01nn Fault codes: Input signal of the control invalid

- Check software status - Check software status


S 0100 Incorrect status report from LLD to control - Check LLD - Check LLD
- Check CPU - Check CPU
- Check software status - Check software status
Fault code transfer from the LLD to the
S 0102 - Check LLD - Check LLD
control implausible (Variable: $LMIEF)
- Check CPU - Check CPU
- Check software status - Check software status
Enable byte of the LLD to the control
S 0104 - Check LLD - Check LLD
implausible
- Check CPU - Check CPU
Operating mode transfer to the control - Check software status
S 0105 incorrect (Variable: BATEXT) Not used here
- Check CPU
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation H3: Setpoint attenuation H3:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 3 of board -A122 AI 5 of the board -A371
S 0108 - Check cables (plugs, terminals...) - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board - Check board
- Check potentiometer - Check potentiometer
Incorrect signal for recognition of system - Check software status - Check software status
S 010A shutdown (memory error) - Check CPU - Check CPU

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 4 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

Incorrect operating mode transfer to the - Check software status - Check software status
S 010C control (Variable: RUESTB) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Invalid signal at analog input Footbrake pedal slew gear superst.: Footbrake pedal slew gear superstr
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 6 of board -A122 AI 6 of board -A121
S 010E - Check cables (plugs, terminals,...) - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board - Check board
- Check potentiometer - Check potentiometer
Invalid signal at analog input Slewing angle transducer superstr:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 4 of board -A122
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...)
- Check board
S 0110
- Check potentiometer
Status byte of the LLD to the control in - Check software status
relation to the luffing fly jib implausible - Check LLD
- Check CPU
Values from the specified digital input -A110 input 0 to 7 -A110 input 0 to 7
S 0114 board are invalid - Check board - Check board
-Check board addresses -Check board addresses
Values from the specified digital input -A110 input 8 to 15 -A110 input 8 to 15
S 0115 board are invalid - Check board - Check board
-Check board addresses - Check board addresses
Values from the specified digital input -A111 input 0 to 7 -A113 input 0 to 7
S 0116 board are invalid - Check board - Check board
-Check board addresses - Check board addresses
Values from the specified digital input -A111 input 8 to 15 -A113 input 8 to 15
S 0117 board are invalid - Check board - Check board
-Check board addresses - Check board addresses

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 5 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

Status byte of the LLD to the control in - Check software status


S 0119 relation to the luffing fly jib implausible - Check LLD Not used here
- Check CPU
Error in operating mode transfer to the - Check software status
S 011A control (Variable: BATEXT) Not used here
- Check CPU
Values from the specified digital input -A114 input 0 to 7
S 011B board are invalid - Check board Not used here
-Check board addresses
Values from the specified digital input -A114 input 8 to 15 -A114 input 0 to 7
S 011C board are invalid - Check board - Check board
-Check board addresses - Check board addresses
Values from the specified digital input -A114 input 8 to 15
S 011D board are invalid Not used here - Check board
-Check board addresses
Values from the specified digital input -A371 input 0 to 7
board are invalid - Check board
- Check bus connection
Signal at the analog input invalid Lever transducer hoist 1:
S 011E (< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 0 of board -A120
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...)
- Check board
- Check lever transducer
Values from the specified digital input -A371 input 8 to 15
S 011F board are invalid Not used here - Check board
- Check bus connection

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 6 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

Values from the specified digital input -A371 input 16 to 24


board are invalid - Check board
S 0120 - Check bus connection
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
(Variable: SLIMIA) - Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
S 0121 (Variable: TELERE) Not used here
- Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
(Variable: @OANGM) - Check CPU
S 0122 - Check LLD
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
(Variable: BA0115) - Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 0124 (Variable: @OHEIG) - Check CPU - Check CPU
- Check LLD - Check LLD
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 0126 (Variable: SDRERE) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Invalid signal at analog input Lever transducer luffing gear /
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) hoist 2:
AI 1 of the board -A120
S 0128 Not used here
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...)
- Check board
- Check lever transducer
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 012A (Variable: SDRELI) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 012C (Variable: SWIPWO) - Check CPU - Check CPU

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 7 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 012E (Variable: SWIPWU) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 0130 (Variable: SHOEHO) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Invalid signal at the analog input Lever transducer telescopic
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) sections / hoist 2:
AI 2 of board -A120
S 0132 Not used here
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...)
- Check board
- Check lever transducer
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 0134 (Variable: SRADMI) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 0136 (Variable: SRADMA) - Check CPU - Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
S 0138 (Variable: SLIMIA) Not used here
- Check CPU
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
S 013A (Variable: @OANGM) Not used here - Check CPU
- Check LLD
Invalid signal at the analog input Lever transducer slew gear:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 3 of the board -A120
S 013C - Check cables (plugs, terminals...) Not used here
- Check board
- Check lever transducer

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 8 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

Invalid signal at analog input Lever transducer hoist 1:


(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 0 of the board -A120
S 0140 Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check lever transducer
Invalid signal at analog input Lever transducer luffing gear/ hoist
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) 2:
AI 1 of the board -A120
S 0142 Not used here
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check lever transducer
Invalid signal at analog input Lever transducer telescopic
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) sections / hoist 2:
AI 2 of the board -A120
S 0144 Not used here
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check lever transducer
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation hoist 1:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 4 of the board -A120
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...)
- Check board
- Check potentiometer
S 0146
Invalid signal at analog input Lever transducer slew gear:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 3 of the board -A120
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check lever transducer

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 9 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation hoist 2:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 5 of the board -A120
S 0150 - Check cables (plugs, terminals,...) Not used here
- Check board
- Check potentiometer
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation luffing gear:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 6 of the board -A120
- Check cables (plugs, terminals,...)
- Check board
- Check potentiometer
S 015A
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation hoist 1:
(< 0V or > 5V) AI 0 of the board –A371
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check potentiometer
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation hoist 2:
(< 0V or > 5V) AI 1 of the board –A371
S 015C Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check potentiometer
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation luffing gear:
(< 0V or > 5V) AI 2 of the board –A371
S 015E Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check potentiometer

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 10 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation slew gear:
(< 0V or > 5V) AI 3 of the board –A371
S 0160 Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check potentiometer
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation telescopic
(< 0V or > 5V) sections:
AI 4 of the board –A371
S 0162 Not used here
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check potentiometer
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation slew gear:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 0 of the board -A121
S 0164 - Check cables (plugs, terminals...) Not used here
- Check board
- Check potentiometer
Invalid signal at analog input Pressure sensor luffing cyl.
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) pressure at bottom:
AI 4 of the board -A120
S 0168 Not used here
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check pressure sensors
Invalid signal at analog input Angle transducer MB foot:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 8 of the board -A120
S 016A Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check angle transducer

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 11 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

Invalid signal at analog input Angle transducer MB head:


(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 9 of the board -A120
S 016C Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check angle transducer
Invalid signal at analog input Setpoint attenuation telescopic
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) sections:
AI 1 of board -A121
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
S 016E - Check board
- Check potentiometer
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
(Variable: @OLOAD) - Check CPU
- Check LLD
Invalid signal at analog input Slewing angle transducer superstr.:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 3 of the board -A121
S 0170 Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check slewing angle transducer
Invalid signal at analog input Length transducer tele cylinder:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 7 of the board -A120
S 0172 Not used here - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board
- Check length transducer
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status
S 0174 (Variable: TELEMM) Not used here
- Check CPU

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 12 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Dept. 8315.1
S- Faults – Control Faults P. Liefke

AC300 / AC650 / AC500-1 Source:


Version: 1.0

Fault Cause Remedy


AC 300 / AC 650 AC 500-1

Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 0176 (Variable: @IMODE) - Check CPU - Check CPU
- Check LLD - Check LLD
Invalid signal at analog input Length transducer main boom assy. Length transducer MB assy.:
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) AI 3 of board -A121 AI 6 of the board -A120
S 0178 - Check cables (plugs, terminals,...) - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board - Check board
- Check length transducer - Check length transducer
Invalid signal at analog input Length transducer angle Length transducer angle
(< 3.6mA or > 21.9mA) transducer fly jib: transducer fly jib:
AI 1 of the board -A122 AI 1 of the board -A121
S 017A
- Check cables (plugs, terminals...) - Check cables (plugs, terminals...)
- Check board - Check board
- Check angle transducer - Check angle transducer
Internal transfer parameters are invalid - Check software status - Check software status
S 017C (Variable: @ORADI) - Check CPU - Check CPU
- Check LLD - Check LLD

TECHNICAL TRAINING SWR PAGE 13 of 13 \S- FEHLER ENGLISCH


ISSUE 05/2000
Messages displayed on the seven-segment display

February, 14, 1997


February, 26, 1998
October, 27, 1998
November, 15, 1999
May, 30, 2000

Note: 1. Following list will be extended if necessary.


2. If you have the programs ETERM or ETOOL or any terminal program on
a PC or laptop, you don't need the following list because all
messages in this list are sent as plain text via one of the serial
interfaces of the ECIS-CPU. Connect your PC or laptop to one of the
serial interfaces of the ECIS-CPU (normally serial interface 1)
and press at the same time the keys [Control] [A]. The character *
should appear. If it appears type in msg x and press return.
This command will direct the plain text messages to the serial
interface to which your computer or laptop is connected to.
If you connect your PC or laptop to another serial interface of the
ECIS-CPU, you type in [Contol][A] msg x again to direct the
messages to that serial interface. Otherwise the messages will still
be sent to the serial interface you have selected before.
If the character * doesn't appear after [Control][A] try it again
with another baudrate and another setting.

Standard settings are:


19200 Baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.
9600 Baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.

In case the modbus driver for communication with the visualization


software intouch is active, setting is
9600 Baud, 7 data bits, 1 stop bit, even parity.
Note: Because the modbus driver is active on the
serial interface your PC or laptop is
connected to, there will be a conflict between
the modbus driver and the driver for the
plain text messages. Thus you have to press
return to get the character *.

The format of most of the plain text messages sent out to the serial
interface can be configured. The formats contain various
informations. The command msg x sets a format which contains
information that is usually sufficient. If you want to get more
information type
[Contol][A] msg x [return]
[Contol][A] msg 4 [return]

To reset it to the normal format type


[Contol][A] msg x [return]
3. Lots of the codes in the table below will almost never be seen on
crane. So please don't care about codes in the list that are not
actually displayed.

Errormessages are displayed in the sequence "E" "=" and then 6 digits.
Non-Errormessages are displayed in the sequence "A" "=" and then 6 digits.

The 6 digits are logically devided into 3 groups. In the tables below
the meaning of these groups is shown.

Example 1:
E = 0 6 0 1 0 2 is displayed

Decoding it:
error / message E: it's an error message
Group 1 06: something with a Local IO Digital output card is wrong
Group 2 01: device malfunction or device is missing
Group 3 02: card number 2

That means, card 2 in the configuration - a digital output card - doesn't


work or is missing.

Example 2:
E = 0 D 0 1 0 1 is displayed

Decoding it:
error / message E: it's an error message
Group 1 0D: something with a Keyboard / Display is wrong
Group 2 01: device malfunction or device is missing
Group 3 01: Keyboard / Display number 1

That means, a keyboard or a display doesn't work or is missing. Normally


device 1 is the number pad with the indication leds and device 7 is the
display with the function keys below the display.

Example 3:
E = 0 E 1 5 0 0 is displayed

Decoding it:
error / message E: it's an error message
Group 1 0E: something happen during system start up
Group 2 15: wrong table of operating modes found
Group 3 00: void or zero

That means, while system started up, a wrong table of operating modes was
found. Probably a malfunction of the eproms. For this error message only
group 1 and a group 2 code is necessary. Because messages displayed on the
seven segment display have a fixed size, in this message group 3 code is
just a filler, that means it has no meaning.

Example 4:
E = 1 2 0 3 0 0 is displayed

Decoding it:
error / message E: it's an error message
Group 1 12: something happen during cyclic crc test
Group 2 03: crc error
Group 3 00: void or zero

That means, during cyclic crc test a crc error occured. The cyclic crc test
checks if the data in the eproms (that means the program) is still ok or
distroyed. As in example 3, here group 3 code is just a filler.

Note, that up to 10 Messages are displayed. That means, that after one
message is displayed the next message will be displayed. If more than 10
errors occure, only the 10 most important error message will be displayed.
All others will be ignored.
The error messages will be diplayed one after the other. If all messages have
been displayed, the first message is displayed, after that the second and so
on.

Example: 4 errors occured.

E = 0 6 0 1 0 2
E = 0 D 0 1 0 1
E = 0 E 1 5 0 0
E = 1 2 0 3 0 0

If you regard the display you will see sequence of these characters. Because
they are displayed one after the other round and round, best thing is for you
to wait until you see E and after that =. Now you now that you are at the
beginning of a message:

1 0 2 E = 0 D 0 1 0 1 E = 0 E 1 5 0 0 E = 1 2 0 3 0 0 E = 0 6 and so on
^
here starts a message

Now read this message. If you are interested, if there is only one error
message or more, read the next messages until you see the first message
again. Normally only one message occures at a time, so that is no problem.
But in this exaple we have 4 messages so we continue watching:

here starts our first message


|
v
102E=0D0101E=0E1500E=120300E=060102E=0D0101E=0E1500E=120300 and so on
^
here starts our first message again

Group 1 -- Source or creator of the message:

00 Control (S5) in general


01 Control (S5) Input invalid
02 CPU-Card
03 Operatingsystem RTOS-UH
04 Profibus
05 Local IO in general
06 Local IO Digital output card
07 Local IO Digital input card
08 Local IO Analogue output card
09 Local IO Analogue input card
0A Local IO Winch counter card
0C LMI
0D Keyboard / Display
0E Systemstart after booting of Operatingsystem RTOS-UH
0F Softwareinterface LMB/LMB-Display
10 CraneCalibrationParameter
11 window administration and handling
12 cyclic crc test
13 task APPLICATION
14 ECIS-Tool-Editor
15 ECIS-Tool for date set / time set
16 display itself
17 crc tests
18 modem
19 test program for PPBus
1A error handling
1B ECIS-Tool for Telkon
1C PDC-Tool
1D Load chart display
1E ECIS-Tool for Profi2
1F Selection of operatingmode
20 PDB-Tool
21 Routines for Time and Date
22 Graphic routines and handling
23 Routines for the process data base (PDB)
24 Routines for data logging

FF Unknown Messagesource

Group 2 -- Message group

general
01 Device malfunction / device missing
02 Error in configuration
03 CRC-error
04 Memory corrupted
05 Not enough / too many interrupts
06 Device missing to the configurated port
07 port doubbly configurated
08 wrong portnumber
09 calibration failed
0A EEPROM defective / wrong data in EEPROM
0B parametererror in program
0C error in general PPBUS-parameters in configuration
0D no application found
0E error while loading an application
0F no PEARL-interface found (= error in DATA-EPROMs)
10 wrong versionnumber of the PEARL-interface
11 wrong identifier for hardware-version of the PEARL-interface
12 no C-interface found
13 wrong versionnumber of the C-interface
14 wrong identifier for hardware-version of the C-interface
15 operatingmode table found of the wrong type
16 error in DPRAM
17 wrong version
18 device reports an error
19 corrupted report from a device
1A task in timeout ("watchdog"task started to clear the problem)
1B module not found
1C out of memory
1D timeout
1E problems with a dation
1F reserve word has unknown value
20 device is ok
21 wrong type
22 EEPROM deleted / made invalid
23 Default data will be used
24 wrong date
25 wrong call
26 overflow
27 start of task
28 function not implemented
29 wrong generated program code
2A Test
2B Voltage too big
2C Voltage too small
2D Temperature
2E Error during initialization
2F Procedure reports error
30 tolerance of slewingangle exceeded
31 value was changed
32 identifier is wrong

FF unknown messagegroup

Group 3 -- Message number

The meaning of the message number depends on the codes of group 1 and 2
and gives only further information about the message. So the main information
is kept in the codes of group 1 and 2.

If a code for group 3 is not given here, it usually does not have any
important meaning.

For group 1 codes 05 to 0A (local I/O) message number has the following
meaning:
Group 2 Codes 01,02,05-07,09,0A: message number is the number of the local
I/O card. Attention: Counting starts with 0 (an not with 1)!!

Group 2 code 08: message number is the invaid port number or invalid
number of ports in the configuration.

Group 2 code 0C: message number specifies what's wrong in the general
parameters for the PPBus
16: Address spezification in configuration doesn't
fit to the A16-mode
24: Address spezification in configuration doesn't
fit to the A24-mode
FE: Invalid interruptvector in configuration
FF: access mode in configuration is wrong (not A16 and
not A24)

For group 1 code 0D and group 2 code 01, group 3 code ist the number of
the defective device, where 7 is the display and 1 is the separated keyboard.
Technical training AC 300
Function Superlift

Position of SL on Position between Position of SL


function
rigging cylinder 12° and 85° > 85°

Function not possible, Function not possible,


because S39.1 is not because S39.1 is not
• Possible by holding of energised, no power energised, no power
SL reel out switch S36.1 possible to Y36.A, K37, possible to Y36.A, K37,
Y37.1, Y37.2 and Y40 Y37.1, Y37.2 and Y40

• Possible by holding of Possible over K36.3


SL
switch S36.2 Not possible selfholding of this
reel in function

• possible because
DE11 and DE12
extend telescopes ( A114) are not
required same as same as
in mainboom
program
← ←
DANGEROUS TO
TELE BOOM WITH SL
IN THIS MODE

• Possible in • Possible in
pinned/unlocked pinned/unlocked
position (in hole) position (in hole)
K504 closed K504 activated

Extend telescopes • Not possible in same as • Not possible in


in SL programm position ← position
locked/pinned and locked/pinned and
locked/unpinned locked/unpinned
(K504 open) without (K504 ) without using
using pay in function pay in function S36.2
S36.2

AC 300 Sucher 8333.2 30.4..99 1


Technical Training AC 300
Luffing fly jib

Proximity switches- luffing fly jib

( 0 = activated ( tripped ) = electrical = 0V)


( 1 = not activated = electrical = 24V)
Descrip- Activated / H2 m.b. Tele H2 m.b. Tele
Function lowe- lowe-
tion Not activated raising
ring
extend
ring
raising retract

S4.1 Lower position 0 1 1 1 0 0 0


opener +13° 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

S4.2 Rigging position 0 1 1 1 0 0 0


opener -13° 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

S6.1 Highest position 0 0 0 0 1 1 1


opener luffing jib 75° 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

S6.2 Highest position 0 0 0 0 1 1 1


opener luffing mast 75° 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 0 1 1 1 1 1
S76 Limit switch fixed
opener bridle
1 1 1 1 1 1 1

S5 Angle lower 77°


opener
S79 Position of luffing
closer braicing

m.b m.b.
Tele H2 Tele
S5 S79 H2 lower cylinder cylinder
extend raising retract
up down
< 77° 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
< 77° 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
> 77° 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
> 77° 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
explanation: S5 = 0 luffing mast ≤ 77° to the m.b.
S5 = 1 luffing mast ≥ 77° to the m.b.

S79 =1 normaly mechanicly activated


S79 =0 position of luffing braising on the SL- frame

AC 300 Sucher 8333.2 05.03.99 1


Technical Training AC 300
Superstructure Hydraulics
Description of solenoid valves and their functions

Hydraulics plan 889 245 40, Pages 1-3

Page Valve Function


1 DA2 B701.2 pressure transducer piston side
1 H10 Float switch for slew gear via anti cavitation
1 H11 Float switch for luffing cylinder - anti cavitation on rod side
1 H12 Float switch for extending luffing gear - locked on piston side
1 Y11 Ia Lower hoist gear 1 - circuit I
1 Y11 Ib Raise hoist gear 1 - circuit I
1 Y12 IIa Lower hoist gear 2 - circuit II
1 Y12 IIb Raise hoist gear 2 - circuit II
1 Y13 Ia Retract luffing cylinder - circuit I
1 Y13 Ib Extend luffing cylinder - circuit I
1 Y13 IIa Retract luffing cylinder - circuit II
1 Y13 IIb Extend luffing cylinder - circuit II
1 Y14 Ia Extend tele cylinder - circuit I
1 Y14 Ib Retract tele cylinder - circuit I
1 Y14 IIa Extend tele cylinder - circuit II
1 Y14 IIb Retract tele cylinder - circuit II
1 Y11 II High range hoist gear 1
1 Y12 I High range hoist gear 2
1 Y18.1 Lowering brake valve H1 - quick closing
1 Y19.1 Lowering brake valve H2 - quick closing
1 YIII.1 proportional solenoid valve for slew gear, right
1 YIII.2 proportional solenoid valve for slew gear, left
1 Y5104a Pin locking and pinning unit (LPU)
1 Y5104b Unpin LPU
1 Y5106a Lock LPU
1 Y5106b Unlock LPU
1 Y48.3 Telescoping speed reduction ( approach or pass position )
1 Y93 Pressure release couplings
1 Y210 Slew gear parking brake
2 Y27 Trimot H1 variable displacement
2 Y28 Trimot H2 variable displacement
2 Y36.a Unwind SL winch
2 Y36.b Wind in SL winch
2 Y37.1 SL - brake
2 Y37.2 SL - brake
2 Y40 Oil provision for auxiliary functions
2 Y44 Superstructure locking
2 Y69.1 Raise cabin
2 Y69.2 Lower cabin
2 YI Proportional solenoid valve circuit I
2 YII Proportional solenoid valve circuit II
2 Y90 Wind in auxiliary winch
2 Y91 Free-wheel auxiliary winch

AC300MAG
Technical Training AC 300
Superstructure Hydraulics

Hydraulics plan 889 245 40, Page 1-3

Page Valve Function


2 Y42 I Reduce luffing cylinder circuit I control pressure for lowering brake
valve (LBV)
2 Y42 II Reduce luffing cylinder circuit II control pressure for LBV
2 Y48 I Telescoping cylinder circuit I control pressure for LBV
2 Y48 II Telescoping cylinder circuit II control pressure for LBV
2 Y63a Retract locking cylinder counterweight
2 Y63b Extend locking cylinder counterweight
2 Y61a Raise counterweight
2 Y61b Lower counterweight
2 Y64a Pin main boom- basic bolt
2 Y64b Unpin main boom- basic bolt
2 Y65a Extend SL erecting cylinder or cylinders 1- 4 main boom extension
pinning with levers 1 and 2 in the correct positions
2 Y65b Retract SL erecting cylinder or cylinder 1- 4 main boom extension
unpinning with levers 1 and 2 in the correct positions
3 Levers 1 and 2 Both in upper position- SL erecting cylinder
Both in lower position- main boom extension operation
3 Y563a Extend cylinder 1 to transport position
3 Y563b Retract cylinder 1 for telescoping
3 Y564a Cylinder 3 for locking the main boom extension to the basic boom
section
3 Y564b Cylinder 3 for unlocking the main boom extension from the basic
boom section, if the main boom extension is pinned to the main
boom head using cylinder 2
3 Y565a Pinning the main boom extension to the main boom head with
cylinder 2, in order to swing the extension from the transport into
the operating position
3 Y565b Unpinning the main boom extension from the main boom head with
cylinder 2, if the main boom extension is locked to the basic boom
section with cylinder 3
3 Y566a Pinning the main boom extension ( cylinder. 4 ) to the main boom
head for operating position
3 Y566b Unpinning the main boom extension ( cylinder. 4 ) from the main
boom head before folding back

AC300MAG
Technical Training AC 300
Superstructure electrics

Relay Function Page/Path


K610 Air conditioning system 13/15
K100 Engine stop 14/8
K101 Ignition lock 14/9
K75 Voltage converter 14/11
K115 Aircraft warning light 20/4
K101.1 Side lighting for superstructure 21/15
K114 Rotaflare lighting for superstructure 22/11
K1 Power supply for load limit device 25/1
K3 Power supply for load limit device, fall delay time 20 sec. 25/8
K6.2 Move luffing mast into steep position 44/9
K7 Engage auxiliary luffing backstop 44/14
K5 Power supply A115, A116 45/5
K200 Dead man's switch 45/8
K10 Left slew gear lever 47/2
K42 I/II Luffing cylinder circuit I/II 52/5
K48 I/II Telescoping cylinder circuit I/II 52/3
K210 Crankshaft slew limit 53/10
K5104.1 Activated when S5104 is tripped 58/5
K5104 Activated when S5104 is tripped 58/6
K504 Activated when S5105 is tripped 58/9
K5044 Activated when S5105 is tripped 58/10
K5106.1 Activated when S5106 is tripped 58/12
K5106 Activated when S5106 is tripped 58/13
K5106.2 Activated when S5106 is tripped 58/14
K5110 Approach an/or pass position for locking T1 59/4
K5120 Approach an/or pass position for locking T2 59/11
K5130 Approach an/or pass position for locking T3 60/5
K5140 Approach an/or pass position for locking T4 60/12
K501 Position for pinning 61/11
K35 Clears Y48II and Y48I off (retract telescopic section 61/12
lowering brake.)
K503.1 Enable lock/ unpin 62/1
K503 Enable pin / unlock 62/2
K505 On delay 0.5 sec., to disconnect K503 and K503.1 62/3
K500.5 Flasher relay 62/4
K500.1 Pre-select (flashing) pinning, T1, T2, T3 locking 62/8
K500.2 Pre-select (flashing) T4 locking 62/10
K508 Pre-selection pinning 63/4
K5086 Changeover directional display for locking 63/6
K5084 Changeover directional display for pinning 63/8
K519 Pre-select lock / unpin T1 64/2
K529 Pre-select lock / unpin T2 64/7

AC300REL.DOC
Technical Training AC 300
Superstructure electrics

Relay Function Page/ path


K539 Pre-select lock / unpin T3 64/12
K549 Pre-select lock / unpin T4 65/2
K564 Main boom extension (MBE) pinned to basic boom sect. 66/12
Using cylinder 3.
K565.1 MBE pinned to boom section 4 using cylinder 2. 66/13
K565.2 MBE pinned to boom section 4 using cylinder 2. 66/14
K563 Massefreigabe für Taster in Kabine HAV in Transport- 68/9
oder Teleskopierstellung (?)
K38 SL brake 69/4
K36.3 Locks SL winch reel-in function, when a telescopic 69/10
section is locked and unpinned
K36.1 Unwind SL winch 69/13
K37 Activates SL- brake (Y37.1 and Y37.2) 70/8
K36.2 Time lag relay for SL winch after-run. 70/13
K22 Impulse relay for left control lever / left button SG H2 74/2
K28 Impulse relay for left control lever / right button trim. H2 74/4
K21 Impulse relay for right control lever / left button SG H1 74/6
K27 Impulse relay for right control lever / right button trim 74/8
H1
K63.1 Left counterweight unpinned, right pinned 77/3
K63 Right counterweight unpinned, left pinned 77/6
K611 Air conditioning system 79/2

AC300REL.DOC
Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Pressure Settings Hydraulic System

Pump 1 250 bar Axial piston pump, swash plate design,


Pressure flow control
Pump 2 160 bar Axial piston pump, swash plate design,
Pressure flow control
Pump 3 210 bar Axial piston pump, swash plate design,
Pressure flow control
Emergency Stand-by pressure Radial piston pump with suction regulator
steering 220 bar and controlled pressure regulator
pump

Outriggers
Pilot oil supply Mobile unit SM2137
35 bar PCV Pressure control valve, regulates the pressure
downstream
45 bar PRV Pressure relief valve, regulates the pressure upstream
250 bar PRV Pump 1 protection
100 bar PRV Retraction pressure protection for horizontal cylinders
210 bar Secondary protection on rod side, horizontal and
vertical
6 bar Protection during transport and operation through
pre-tensioned rod side

Steering
180 bar PRV left-hand side in front of semi-integral power steering
gear IF
150 bar PRV right-hand side in front of semi-integral power
steering gear IF
150 bar PRV pressure regulator connected in series via by-pass
180 bar PRV with IRS - free-wheel for 5th + 6th axle on right
180 bar PRV with IRS - free-wheel for 5th + 6th axle on left

Suspension
400 bar PRV Main suspension unit for the side of the suspension
cylinders near the ground
380 bar PRV Rod side of the suspension cylinders

AC665U2E.DOC 1/
Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Hydraulic Cooling System

Engine cooling system


Hydraulic oil supply via pump 3 -A10VSO18 DRG-, set at 210 bar.
During stand-by operation, the pump regulates down to 22 bar.
The pressure relief valve (PRV) of the temperature transmitter fitted on the
coolant elbow regulates the flow of pilot oil proportionally from connection X on
the pump:
The higher the temperature, the greater the flow of pilot oil.
The pressure regulator in pump 3 is controlled via the PRV on the temperature
transmitter.
If Y347 is closed, the pilot oil cannot drain off from connection X on pump 3 and
the pump will then operate at full power.
This level of power is required so that both the suspension and the outriggers can
be operated at the same time.

AC665U3E.DOC 1/
Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Steering

Functions
The AC665 is equipped with a twin-circuit IF semi-integral power steering gear,
type 7421, with a mechanical steering stop.
Power is transmitted from the steering shaft to the steering nut and from here to
the worm sector shaft and thus to the strut rod.
Two control valves for two separate steering circuits are fitted on the mechanical
steering gear. These control valves are held in the neutral position by cup
springs.
An engine-driven pump is assigned to each steering circuit. Each circuit is
further protected by an independentally driven emergency steering pump with a
sequence valve, whereas with other versions the pump feeds directly into the
return line when engine-driven pumps are operated.
Only if one of the main pumps fails does oil from the emergency steering pump
begin to flow from the sequence valve into the steering system.
On the AC665, the emergency steering pump regulates the through-flow of oil
back from pump 2 and assumes this pump’s function during travel operation.
This emergency steering pump supplies steering circuit 2 with oil.
The volumetric flow from the pumps is calculated such that, even when the
engine is at idling speed (650 rpm), an adequate steering speed with hydraulic
backing is always guaranteed.
The pressure generated by the steering pumps is fed into the steering cylinders
via the IF semi-integral gear via each of the pressure relief valves for circuits 1
and 2.
In fact, the following action takes place:
The two steering valves guide the compressed oil into the two separate steering
circuits independentally of one another.
The anticavitation valve (1 for each circuit) located in the valve housing allows
oil to be sucked in from the return line should a circuit lack hydraulic backing.
The pressure relief valves are used as hose locking devices should an obstacle be
driven into or as working pressure relief devices.
The mechanical steering stop is effected by set collars on the steering shaft of the
steering gear.
In order to maintain hydraulic backing during a steering procedure which has
been initiated by turning the steering wheel, the worm and the valve blocks
connected to it must be shifted out of the neutral position. A degree of force must
therefore be applied in order to overcome the preliminary tension in the springs.
The steering nut, interlocked with the worm sector shaft and the steered wheels,
resists the turning movement.

AC665U5E.DOC 1/
Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Steering

During the steering procedure, the worm is loaded axially via the steering nut
and bead chain and the spring threshold is thus exceeded. The valve control
grooves are shifted as a result of the valve blocks moving out of the neutral
position. This results in compressed oil being directed to just one side of the
double-sided working cylinder.
As a result of the difference in pressure inside the working cylinder, an axial
force acts upon the piston rod. The direction the piston rod moves in is controlled
such that it follows the movement of the steering linkage, which is itself effected
by turning the steering wheel, and this thus supports the steering movement.
When the steering wheel is released the cup springs allow the valve to return to
its neutral position.
An Oldham coupling used for length compensation between the steering shaft
and the worm prevents the axial movement of the worm being transmitted to the
steering column.
If forces act in the opposite direction, from the wheels to the steering linkage,
while the driver continues to hold the steering wheel in one position, the worm
will then shift axially, and the hydraulic backing will then work against the
forces from the wheels and absorb the shock.
If, however, forces are transmitted from the wheels to the steering system and
the steering wheel is released at the same time, the worm will not shift axially
due to the preliminary tension in the springs but it will in fact be forced to follow
the turning movement.
The preliminary tension in the cup springs is therefore important for reversing
the steering movement.

AC665U5E.DOC 2/
Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Suspension Hydraulic System

Suspension
There are two different suspension systems on the AC665. They are as follows:
1. without IRS (Independent Rear-axle Steering)
2. with IRS
Hydraulic suspension without IRS
The build-up of compressed oil created by pump 3 (A10VSO18DRG9, 18
cm3/min-1, set to 210 bar, 20 bar for stand-by) is directed once to the cooling
system, the outrigger hydraulic system and the suspension system.
Y366.2 must be opened in order to ensure it flows via Y366 (switch rod side) to
the rod sides of the suspension cylinders. The DBDS G1 x 400 fitted between
Y366.2 and Y366 is set at 380 bar.
When raising the suspension
steering operation is first switched over to suspension, i.e. Y310a is actuated
so that the oil flows from pump 1 to the SM-2137-00/1 SM12 mobile unit, is
safeguarded there at 250 bar and it then flows on to the outrigger hydraulic
system (C3), to the main suspension unit via line C2 and through this into one
of Y361 - Y363 or the corresponding lowering brake valve to the side of the
cylinders near the ground. The oil on the rod side is drained off into the tank
via the connected Y366.
When lowering the suspension
the oil flows in line F1 via pump 3 to the non-connected Y366.2 (lock position);
Y366 is connected to the rod sides of the cylinders. As a result of the dead
weight of the crane, the oil from axles 1 + 2 on the right near the ground first
opens the non-return valve on the suspension ground unit and then stops near
the 400 bar PRV and at Y361 - Y363. The bases of axles 1 + 2 on the left stop
at the lowering brake valve and open it, and the oil flows at half throttle to the
outrigger control unit (via C2) and back to the tank via the connected Y361.
The same applies to the axles 3 - 6 on the right via Y362, and axles 3 - 6 on the
left via Y363.
The oil near the ground in the suspension cylinders of axle 1 + 2 is directed by
connecting Y361.1 and also via Y361.
On the rod side, anticavitation is guaranteed by line R3.
When raising the axles, Y366.2 is connected first; Y366 is also connected. The
oil flows from pump 3, line F1, to the rod sides of the cylinders. The oil near
the ground is directed back to the tank via the activated lowering brake valve
and the open Y361 - Y363 via C2.
Holding the axles means the closing of Y361 - Y363, Y361.1 and Y366.2. In
this way, influence will no longer be exerted on the suspension system when
the outriggers are subsequently actuated.

AC665UW\AC665U6e.DOC TECHNICAL TRAINING


Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Suspension Hydraulic System

Hydraulic suspension with IRS


An additional 8 solenoid valves are fitted here.

Y357.1 and Y357.2 bring about the steering angle of the rear axles on
the right and left-hand sides
Y355.2 and Y355..3 disconnect the hydraulic steering between the 1st
and 2nd axle and 5th and 6th axle
3rd and 4th axle is raised
Y355 disconnects the steering linkage
Y366.1 switches the rod side of axle 3 and 4, required
when raising axle 3 and 4 only
Y364.4 and Y364.5 disconnect axles 3 and 4, i.e. once on IRS
actuation,
fill axles 3 and 4
raise axles 3 and 4

Locking the suspension


The suspension cylinders must be locked in order to drive the crane when erect
and in order to switch on the IRS. This means that the previous compensation
procedure carried out by the pre-tensioned accumulator at 55 bar no longer takes
place.

Y364.1 for 1st and 2nd axle, right-hand side


Y364.6 for 1st and 2nd axle, left-hand side
Y364.2 for 3rd to 6th axle, right-hand side
Y364.3 for 3rd to 6th axle, left-hand side

Special feature for drive 12x8x8 with IRS


With this drive, the 3rd axle and the 5th and 6th axle are driven without the
longitudinal differential locks being activated. If you want to switch on IRS
and move the vehicle, the wheels of the 3rd axle will spin.
The longitudinal lock must be connected in this case!
This happens automatically after IRS has been switched on using Y425.3,
which actuates the longitudinal lock between the 2nd and 3rd axle.

AC665UW\AC665U6e.DOC TECHNICAL TRAINING


Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Relay Functions Circuit Diagram

Relay Function page/line


K390.1 Ignition, 80A 1/2
K390.3 Starter 1/5
K411.41 Transmission in neutral position 31/14
K300.1 50A, Solenoid valve release with engine running (to be 2/8
dropped in future)
K300.2 Buzzer activation in the case of transmission malfunctions 2/9
K411.1 Reverse drive switch 4/9
K392 Horn 6/2
K332 Stop light 13/8
K331.33 Crab steer, steering rod release 13/11
K331.32 Raise - lower level 13/12
K331.31 Level data 13/13
K411.2 Travel range 14/11
K364 Switch for suspension locked (mobile) 18/9
K355.1 Crab steer 19/5
K355.2 Crab steer 19/6
K355.3 Hold axles 19/7
K355.4 Crab steer 19/8
K355.5 Hydraulic decoupling release 24/4
K355.6 Shift release 24/6
K356.1 Crab steer display indicating not in road travel 24/12
K356.2 Crab steer, display indicating steering on crab walk 25/13
K371.1 Front level data, display 26/2
K371. Simultaneous raising or lowering 26/3
K372.1 Rear level data, right-hand side, display 26/5
K372. Simultaneous raising or lowering 26/6
K373.1 Rear level data, left-hand side, display 26/8
K373 Simultaneous raising or lowering 26/9
K404 Clutch relay 30/6
K411.4 Gear engaged when engine not running 31/13
K411.41 Transmission in neutral position 31/14
K411.5 RPM reduction - gear engaged 31/15
K407 Transmission, central air supply 33/1
K406 Torque clutch converter range display 35/4
K404.3 RPM reduction 35/8
K404.2 Connected with clutch pressure switch functioning 35/9
K397.1 Air conditioning equipment, thermostat 42
K397.2 Air conditioning equipment, connected with generator 42
functioning

AC665 HYDR.
Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Designation Codes Circuit Diagram

300 All electrical components of undercarriage


300 - 309 Terminal strips, connectors
310 - 319 Outriggers
320 - 329 Steering
330 - 339 Brakes
340 - 349 Engine
350 - 359 Crab steer
360 - 369 Suspension
370 - 379 Suspension data
380 - 389 Central lubrication system
390 - 399 Basic electrics, ignition, starter, lighting
400 - 419 Transmission, torque clutch
420 - 430 Longitudinal locks, transverse locks
800 - Outrigger support area data
900 - Dolly

AC665 HYDR.
Technical Training AC665 Undercarriage
Solenoid Funktions Circuit Diagram

Circuit
Designation Function Circuit diag.
diagram/drawing page/line
Y340 Engine stop 2/12
Y340.1 Emergency stop via choke 2/14
Y346 Coolant temperature data 3/6
Y425 Longitudinal differential lock 17/9
Y426 Transverse differential lock 17/11
switches off spring accumulator,
Y364.2 suspension locked/operates 3-6 right Hydraulic suspension 18/2
Y364.3 ‘‘ 3-6 left ‘‘ 18/4
Y364.1 ‘‘ 1+2 right ‘‘ 18/6
Y364.6 ‘‘ 1+2 left ‘‘ 18/8
Y364.4 Disconnect axles 3 and 4/crab steer ‘‘ IRS 19/2
Y364.5 ‘‘ ‘‘ IRS 19/4
Y366.1 Switch rod side of axle 3+4/IRS ‘‘ IRS 19/10
Y366 Switch rod side when raising ‘‘ 19/14
suspension
Y366.2 Connection to hydraulic cooling system 20/6
Y347 Hydraulic cooling pressure increase Hydraulic cooling system 20/9
Y361 Raise/lower level, circuit 1, front Hydraulic suspension 21/5
Y362 Raise/lower level, circuit 2, rear/right ‘‘ 22/260
Y363 Raise/lower level, circuit 3, rear/left ‘‘ 23/3
Y361.1 Disengage front suspension 23/13
Y355 Disconnect steering drop arm with IRS ‘‘ IRS 24/2
Y355.2 ìHydraulic decoupling with IRS Independent rear-axle 25/3
steering
Y355.3 Hydraulic steering disconnection ‘‘ 25/4
Y357.1 Free-wheel, left-hand side IRS ‘‘ 25/7
Y357.2 Free-wheel, right-hand side IRS ‘‘ 25/10
Y425.3 Switches on longitud. lock of 2nd+3rd
axle
Y313A Front outriggers, left, vertical Outriggers 27/4
Y313B ‘‘ horizontal ‘‘ 27/7
Y311A Rear outriggers, left, vertical ‘‘ 27/11
Y311B ‘‘ horizontal ‘‘ 27/14
Y310B Retract outriggers ‘‘ 28/3
Y310A Extend outriggers ‘‘ 28/7
Y316 Outriggers crawling speed ‘‘ 28/13
Y314A Front outriggers, right, vertical ‘‘ 29/3
Y314B ‘‘ horizontal ‘‘ 29/6
Y312A Rear outriggers, right, vertical ‘‘ 29/10
Y312B ‘‘ horizontal ‘‘ 29/13
Y337.1 Retarder prop-valve (optional) Pneumatic control 35/1
Y337.2 Retarder accumulator ‘‘ 35/3
Y337 Retarder setting valve ‘‘
Y341 RPM reduction ‘‘ 36/2
Y336 Exhaust brake ‘‘ 36/5
Y406 Torque clutch B406 WSK 35/17

AC665 HYDR.

You might also like